Import sqlite 3.32.3 (3330000).vendor/sqlite3/sqlite-3330000

10 files changed, 12150 insertions, 10123 deletions

diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am
index 20af7433be80..694419b27dfd 100644
--- a/Makefile.am
+++ b/Makefile.am
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ sqlite3_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_D
 
 include_HEADERS = sqlite3.h sqlite3ext.h
 
-EXTRA_DIST = sqlite3.1 tea Makefile.msc sqlite3.rc README.txt Replace.cs Makefile.fallback
+EXTRA_DIST = sqlite3.1 tea Makefile.msc sqlite3.rc sqlite3rc.h README.txt Replace.cs Makefile.fallback
 pkgconfigdir = ${libdir}/pkgconfig
 pkgconfig_DATA = sqlite3.pc
 
diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in
index 406f62b27a38..842fa864581d 100644
--- a/Makefile.in
+++ b/Makefile.in
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ sqlite3_LDADD = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@ @READLINE_LIBS@
 sqlite3_DEPENDENCIES = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@
 sqlite3_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB $(SHELL_CFLAGS)
 include_HEADERS = sqlite3.h sqlite3ext.h
-EXTRA_DIST = sqlite3.1 tea Makefile.msc sqlite3.rc README.txt Replace.cs Makefile.fallback
+EXTRA_DIST = sqlite3.1 tea Makefile.msc sqlite3.rc sqlite3rc.h README.txt Replace.cs Makefile.fallback
 pkgconfigdir = ${libdir}/pkgconfig
 pkgconfig_DATA = sqlite3.pc
 man_MANS = sqlite3.1
diff --git a/configure b/configure
index c37b49ae47af..9aed16a74091 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
-# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for sqlite 3.32.3.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for sqlite 3.33.0.
 #
 # Report bugs to <http://www.sqlite.org>.
 #
@@ -590,8 +590,8 @@ MAKEFLAGS=
 # Identity of this package.
 PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
 PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
-PACKAGE_VERSION='3.32.3'
-PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.32.3'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='3.33.0'
+PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.33.0'
 PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='http://www.sqlite.org'
 PACKAGE_URL=''
 
@@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
   # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
   # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
   cat <<_ACEOF
-\`configure' configures sqlite 3.32.3 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+\`configure' configures sqlite 3.33.0 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
 
 Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
 
@@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ fi
 
 if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
   case $ac_init_help in
-     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.32.3:";;
+     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.33.0:";;
    esac
   cat <<\_ACEOF
 
@@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ fi
 test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
 if $ac_init_version; then
   cat <<\_ACEOF
-sqlite configure 3.32.3
+sqlite configure 3.33.0
 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69
 
 Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
 This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
 running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
 
-It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.32.3, which was
+It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.33.0, which was
 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was
 
   $ $0 $@
@@ -2818,7 +2818,7 @@ fi
 
 # Define the identity of the package.
  PACKAGE='sqlite'
- VERSION='3.32.3'
+ VERSION='3.33.0'
 
 
 cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
@@ -14438,7 +14438,7 @@ cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
 # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
 # values after options handling.
 ac_log="
-This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.32.3, which was
+This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.33.0, which was
 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was
 
   CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
@@ -14495,7 +14495,7 @@ _ACEOF
 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
 ac_cs_version="\\
-sqlite config.status 3.32.3
+sqlite config.status 3.33.0
 configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69,
   with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"
 
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 35bbeb8e9c10..a83dac3ac142 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 #
 
 AC_PREREQ(2.61)
-AC_INIT(sqlite, 3.32.3, http://www.sqlite.org)
+AC_INIT(sqlite, 3.33.0, http://www.sqlite.org)
 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([sqlite3.c])
 AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([.])
 
diff --git a/shell.c b/shell.c
index 974f57af79a2..a1a77e49fa5f 100644
--- a/shell.c
+++ b/shell.c
@@ -642,6 +642,21 @@ static int strlenChar(const char *z){
 }
 
 /*
+** Return true if zFile does not exist or if it is not an ordinary file.
+*/
+#ifdef _WIN32
+# define notNormalFile(X) 0
+#else
+static int notNormalFile(const char *zFile){
+  struct stat x;
+  int rc;
+  memset(&x, 0, sizeof(x));
+  rc = stat(zFile, &x);
+  return rc || !S_ISREG(x.st_mode);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
 ** This routine reads a line of text from FILE in, stores
 ** the text in memory obtained from malloc() and returns a pointer
 ** to the text.  NULL is returned at end of file, or if malloc()
@@ -953,7 +968,7 @@ static void shellModuleSchema(
 **    CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
 **
 ** This UDF is used by the .schema command to insert the schema name of
-** attached databases into the middle of the sqlite_master.sql field.
+** attached databases into the middle of the sqlite_schema.sql field.
 */
 static void shellAddSchemaName(
   sqlite3_context *pCtx,
@@ -3330,7 +3345,7 @@ static int completionNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
             const char *zDb = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pS2, 1);
             zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
                "%z%s"
-               "SELECT name FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master",
+               "SELECT name FROM \"%w\".sqlite_schema",
                zSql, zSep, zDb
             );
             if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
@@ -3354,7 +3369,7 @@ static int completionNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
             const char *zDb = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pS2, 1);
             zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
                "%z%s"
-               "SELECT pti.name FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master AS sm"
+               "SELECT pti.name FROM \"%w\".sqlite_schema AS sm"
                        " JOIN pragma_table_info(sm.name,%Q) AS pti"
                " WHERE sm.type='table'",
                zSql, zSep, zDb, zDb
@@ -4047,7 +4062,7 @@ static int apndOpen(
   p = (ApndFile*)pFile;
   memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
   pSubFile = ORIGFILE(pFile);
-  p->base.pMethods = &apnd_io_methods;
+  pFile->pMethods = &apnd_io_methods;
   rc = pSubVfs->xOpen(pSubVfs, zName, pSubFile, flags, pOutFlags);
   if( rc ) goto apnd_open_done;
   rc = pSubFile->pMethods->xFileSize(pSubFile, &sz);
@@ -4379,6 +4394,927 @@ int sqlite3_uint_init(
 }
 
 /************************* End ../ext/misc/uint.c ********************/
+/************************* Begin ../ext/misc/decimal.c ******************/
+/*
+** 2020-06-22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Routines to implement arbitrary-precision decimal math.
+**
+** The focus here is on simplicity and correctness, not performance.
+*/
+/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */
+SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Mark a function parameter as unused, to suppress nuisance compiler
+** warnings. */
+#ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER
+# define UNUSED_PARAMETER(X)  (void)(X)
+#endif
+
+
+/* A decimal object */
+typedef struct Decimal Decimal;
+struct Decimal {
+  char sign;        /* 0 for positive, 1 for negative */
+  char oom;         /* True if an OOM is encountered */
+  char isNull;      /* True if holds a NULL rather than a number */
+  char isInit;      /* True upon initialization */
+  int nDigit;       /* Total number of digits */
+  int nFrac;        /* Number of digits to the right of the decimal point */
+  signed char *a;   /* Array of digits.  Most significant first. */
+};
+
+/*
+** Release memory held by a Decimal, but do not free the object itself.
+*/
+static void decimal_clear(Decimal *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p->a);
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a Decimal object
+*/
+static void decimal_free(Decimal *p){
+  if( p ){
+    decimal_clear(p);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new Decimal object.  Initialize it to the number given
+** by the input string.
+*/
+static Decimal *decimal_new(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+  sqlite3_value *pIn,
+  int nAlt,
+  const unsigned char *zAlt
+){
+  Decimal *p;
+  int n, i;
+  const unsigned char *zIn;
+  int iExp = 0;
+  p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p==0 ) goto new_no_mem;
+  p->sign = 0;
+  p->oom = 0;
+  p->isInit = 1;
+  p->isNull = 0;
+  p->nDigit = 0;
+  p->nFrac = 0;
+  if( zAlt ){
+    n = nAlt,
+    zIn = zAlt;
+  }else{
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(pIn)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+      p->a = 0;
+      p->isNull = 1;
+      return p;
+    }
+    n = sqlite3_value_bytes(pIn);
+    zIn = sqlite3_value_text(pIn);
+  }
+  p->a = sqlite3_malloc64( n+1 );
+  if( p->a==0 ) goto new_no_mem;
+  for(i=0; isspace(zIn[i]); i++){}
+  if( zIn[i]=='-' ){
+    p->sign = 1;
+    i++;
+  }else if( zIn[i]=='+' ){
+    i++;
+  }
+  while( i<n && zIn[i]=='0' ) i++;
+  while( i<n ){
+    char c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+      p->a[p->nDigit++] = c - '0';
+    }else if( c=='.' ){
+      p->nFrac = p->nDigit + 1;
+    }else if( c=='e' || c=='E' ){
+      int j = i+1;
+      int neg = 0;
+      if( j>=n ) break;
+      if( zIn[j]=='-' ){
+        neg = 1;
+        j++;
+      }else if( zIn[j]=='+' ){
+        j++;
+      }
+      while( j<n && iExp<1000000 ){
+        if( zIn[j]>='0' && zIn[j]<='9' ){
+          iExp = iExp*10 + zIn[j] - '0';
+        }
+        j++;
+      }
+      if( neg ) iExp = -iExp;
+      break;
+    }
+    i++;
+  }
+  if( p->nFrac ){
+    p->nFrac = p->nDigit - (p->nFrac - 1);
+  }
+  if( iExp>0 ){
+    if( p->nFrac>0 ){
+      if( iExp<=p->nFrac ){
+        p->nFrac -= iExp;
+        iExp = 0;
+      }else{
+        iExp -= p->nFrac;
+        p->nFrac = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iExp>0 ){   
+      p->a = sqlite3_realloc64(p->a, p->nDigit + iExp + 1 );
+      if( p->a==0 ) goto new_no_mem;
+      memset(p->a+p->nDigit, 0, iExp);
+      p->nDigit += iExp;
+    }
+  }else if( iExp<0 ){
+    int nExtra;
+    iExp = -iExp;
+    nExtra = p->nDigit - p->nFrac - 1;
+    if( nExtra ){
+      if( nExtra>=iExp ){
+        p->nFrac += iExp;
+        iExp  = 0;
+      }else{
+        iExp -= nExtra;
+        p->nFrac = p->nDigit - 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iExp>0 ){
+      p->a = sqlite3_realloc64(p->a, p->nDigit + iExp + 1 );
+      if( p->a==0 ) goto new_no_mem;
+      memmove(p->a+iExp, p->a, p->nDigit);
+      memset(p->a, 0, iExp);
+      p->nDigit += iExp;
+      p->nFrac += iExp;
+    }
+  }
+  return p;
+
+new_no_mem:
+  if( pCtx ) sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make the given Decimal the result.
+*/
+static void decimal_result(sqlite3_context *pCtx, Decimal *p){
+  char *z;
+  int i, j;
+  int n;
+  if( p==0 || p->oom ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( p->isNull ){
+    sqlite3_result_null(pCtx);
+    return;
+  }
+  z = sqlite3_malloc( p->nDigit+4 );
+  if( z==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx);
+    return;
+  }
+  i = 0;
+  if( p->nDigit==0 || (p->nDigit==1 && p->a[0]==0) ){
+    p->sign = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->sign ){
+    z[0] = '-';
+    i = 1;
+  }
+  n = p->nDigit - p->nFrac;
+  if( n<=0 ){
+    z[i++] = '0';
+  }
+  j = 0;
+  while( n>1 && p->a[j]==0 ){
+    j++;
+    n--;
+  }
+  while( n>0  ){
+    z[i++] = p->a[j] + '0';
+    j++;
+    n--;
+  }
+  if( p->nFrac ){
+    z[i++] = '.';
+    do{
+      z[i++] = p->a[j] + '0';
+      j++;
+    }while( j<p->nDigit );
+  }
+  z[i] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, z, i, sqlite3_free);
+}
+
+/*
+** SQL Function:   decimal(X)
+**
+** Convert input X into decimal and then back into text
+*/
+static void decimalFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Decimal *p = decimal_new(context, argv[0], 0, 0);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  decimal_result(context, p);
+  decimal_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare to Decimal objects.  Return negative, 0, or positive if the
+** first object is less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
+**
+** Preconditions for this routine:
+**
+**    pA!=0
+**    pA->isNull==0
+**    pB!=0
+**    pB->isNull==0
+*/
+static int decimal_cmp(const Decimal *pA, const Decimal *pB){
+  int nASig, nBSig, rc, n;
+  if( pA->sign!=pB->sign ){
+    return pA->sign ? -1 : +1;
+  }
+  if( pA->sign ){
+    const Decimal *pTemp = pA;
+    pA = pB;
+    pB = pTemp;
+  }
+  nASig = pA->nDigit - pA->nFrac;
+  nBSig = pB->nDigit - pB->nFrac;
+  if( nASig!=nBSig ){
+    return nASig - nBSig;
+  }
+  n = pA->nDigit;
+  if( n>pB->nDigit ) n = pB->nDigit;
+  rc = memcmp(pA->a, pB->a, n);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    rc = pA->nDigit - pB->nDigit;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** SQL Function:   decimal_cmp(X, Y)
+**
+** Return negative, zero, or positive if X is less then, equal to, or
+** greater than Y.
+*/
+static void decimalCmpFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Decimal *pA = 0, *pB = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  pA = decimal_new(context, argv[0], 0, 0);
+  if( pA==0 || pA->isNull ) goto cmp_done;
+  pB = decimal_new(context, argv[1], 0, 0);
+  if( pB==0 || pB->isNull ) goto cmp_done;
+  rc = decimal_cmp(pA, pB);
+  if( rc<0 ) rc = -1;
+  else if( rc>0 ) rc = +1;
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, rc);
+cmp_done:
+  decimal_free(pA);
+  decimal_free(pB);
+}
+
+/*
+** Expand the Decimal so that it has a least nDigit digits and nFrac
+** digits to the right of the decimal point.
+*/
+static void decimal_expand(Decimal *p, int nDigit, int nFrac){
+  int nAddSig;
+  int nAddFrac;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  nAddFrac = nFrac - p->nFrac;
+  nAddSig = (nDigit - p->nDigit) - nAddFrac;
+  if( nAddFrac==0 && nAddSig==0 ) return;
+  p->a = sqlite3_realloc64(p->a, nDigit+1);
+  if( p->a==0 ){
+    p->oom = 1;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( nAddSig ){
+    memmove(p->a+nAddSig, p->a, p->nDigit);
+    memset(p->a, 0, nAddSig);
+    p->nDigit += nAddSig;
+  }
+  if( nAddFrac ){
+    memset(p->a+p->nDigit, 0, nAddFrac);
+    p->nDigit += nAddFrac;
+    p->nFrac += nAddFrac;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the value pB into pA.
+**
+** Both pA and pB might become denormalized by this routine.
+*/
+static void decimal_add(Decimal *pA, Decimal *pB){
+  int nSig, nFrac, nDigit;
+  int i, rc;
+  if( pA==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pA->oom || pB==0 || pB->oom ){
+    pA->oom = 1;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pA->isNull || pB->isNull ){
+    pA->isNull = 1;
+    return;
+  }
+  nSig = pA->nDigit - pA->nFrac;
+  if( nSig && pA->a[0]==0 ) nSig--;
+  if( nSig<pB->nDigit-pB->nFrac ){
+    nSig = pB->nDigit - pB->nFrac;
+  }
+  nFrac = pA->nFrac;
+  if( nFrac<pB->nFrac ) nFrac = pB->nFrac;
+  nDigit = nSig + nFrac + 1;
+  decimal_expand(pA, nDigit, nFrac);
+  decimal_expand(pB, nDigit, nFrac);
+  if( pA->oom || pB->oom ){
+    pA->oom = 1;
+  }else{
+    if( pA->sign==pB->sign ){
+      int carry = 0;
+      for(i=nDigit-1; i>=0; i--){
+        int x = pA->a[i] + pB->a[i] + carry;
+        if( x>=10 ){
+          carry = 1;
+          pA->a[i] = x - 10;
+        }else{
+          carry = 0;
+          pA->a[i] = x;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      signed char *aA, *aB;
+      int borrow = 0;
+      rc = memcmp(pA->a, pB->a, nDigit);
+      if( rc<0 ){
+        aA = pB->a;
+        aB = pA->a;
+        pA->sign = !pA->sign;
+      }else{
+        aA = pA->a;
+        aB = pB->a;
+      }
+      for(i=nDigit-1; i>=0; i--){
+        int x = aA[i] - aB[i] - borrow;
+        if( x<0 ){
+          pA->a[i] = x+10;
+          borrow = 1;
+        }else{
+          pA->a[i] = x;
+          borrow = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare text in decimal order.
+*/
+static int decimalCollFunc(
+  void *notUsed,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  const unsigned char *zA = (const unsigned char*)pKey1;
+  const unsigned char *zB = (const unsigned char*)pKey2;
+  Decimal *pA = decimal_new(0, 0, nKey1, zA);
+  Decimal *pB = decimal_new(0, 0, nKey2, zB);
+  int rc;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(notUsed);
+  if( pA==0 || pB==0 ){
+    rc = 0;
+  }else{
+    rc = decimal_cmp(pA, pB);
+  }
+  decimal_free(pA);
+  decimal_free(pB);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** SQL Function:   decimal_add(X, Y)
+**                 decimal_sub(X, Y)
+**
+** Return the sum or difference of X and Y.
+*/
+static void decimalAddFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Decimal *pA = decimal_new(context, argv[0], 0, 0);
+  Decimal *pB = decimal_new(context, argv[1], 0, 0);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  decimal_add(pA, pB);
+  decimal_result(context, pA);
+  decimal_free(pA);
+  decimal_free(pB);
+}
+static void decimalSubFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Decimal *pA = decimal_new(context, argv[0], 0, 0);
+  Decimal *pB = decimal_new(context, argv[1], 0, 0);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  if( pB==0 ) return;
+  pB->sign = !pB->sign;
+  decimal_add(pA, pB);
+  decimal_result(context, pA);
+  decimal_free(pA);
+  decimal_free(pB);
+}
+
+/* Aggregate funcion:   decimal_sum(X)
+**
+** Works like sum() except that it uses decimal arithmetic for unlimited
+** precision.
+*/
+static void decimalSumStep(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Decimal *p;
+  Decimal *pArg;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( !p->isInit ){
+    p->isInit = 1;
+    p->a = sqlite3_malloc(2);
+    if( p->a==0 ){
+      p->oom = 1;
+    }else{
+      p->a[0] = 0;
+    }
+    p->nDigit = 1;
+    p->nFrac = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  pArg = decimal_new(context, argv[0], 0, 0);
+  decimal_add(p, pArg);
+  decimal_free(pArg);
+}
+static void decimalSumInverse(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Decimal *p;
+  Decimal *pArg;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  pArg = decimal_new(context, argv[0], 0, 0);
+  if( pArg ) pArg->sign = !pArg->sign;
+  decimal_add(p, pArg);
+  decimal_free(pArg);
+}
+static void decimalSumValue(sqlite3_context *context){
+  Decimal *p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  decimal_result(context, p);
+}
+static void decimalSumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  Decimal *p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  decimal_result(context, p);
+  decimal_clear(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** SQL Function:   decimal_mul(X, Y)
+**
+** Return the product of X and Y.
+**
+** All significant digits after the decimal point are retained.
+** Trailing zeros after the decimal point are omitted as long as
+** the number of digits after the decimal point is no less than
+** either the number of digits in either input.
+*/
+static void decimalMulFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Decimal *pA = decimal_new(context, argv[0], 0, 0);
+  Decimal *pB = decimal_new(context, argv[1], 0, 0);
+  signed char *acc = 0;
+  int i, j, k;
+  int minFrac;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  if( pA==0 || pA->oom || pA->isNull
+   || pB==0 || pB->oom || pB->isNull 
+  ){
+    goto mul_end;
+  }
+  acc = sqlite3_malloc64( pA->nDigit + pB->nDigit + 2 );
+  if( acc==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto mul_end;
+  }
+  memset(acc, 0, pA->nDigit + pB->nDigit + 2);
+  minFrac = pA->nFrac;
+  if( pB->nFrac<minFrac ) minFrac = pB->nFrac;
+  for(i=pA->nDigit-1; i>=0; i--){
+    signed char f = pA->a[i];
+    int carry = 0, x;
+    for(j=pB->nDigit-1, k=i+j+3; j>=0; j--, k--){
+      x = acc[k] + f*pB->a[j] + carry;
+      acc[k] = x%10;
+      carry = x/10;
+    }
+    x = acc[k] + carry;
+    acc[k] = x%10;
+    acc[k-1] += x/10;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pA->a);
+  pA->a = acc;
+  acc = 0;
+  pA->nDigit += pB->nDigit + 2;
+  pA->nFrac += pB->nFrac;
+  pA->sign ^= pB->sign;
+  while( pA->nFrac>minFrac && pA->a[pA->nDigit-1]==0 ){
+    pA->nFrac--;
+    pA->nDigit--;
+  }
+  decimal_result(context, pA);
+
+mul_end:
+  sqlite3_free(acc);
+  decimal_free(pA);
+  decimal_free(pB);
+}
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+
+#endif
+int sqlite3_decimal_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg, 
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  static const struct {
+    const char *zFuncName;
+    int nArg;
+    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } aFunc[] = {
+    { "decimal",       1,   decimalFunc        },
+    { "decimal_cmp",   2,   decimalCmpFunc     },
+    { "decimal_add",   2,   decimalAddFunc     },
+    { "decimal_sub",   2,   decimalSubFunc     },
+    { "decimal_mul",   2,   decimalMulFunc     },
+  };
+  unsigned int i;
+  (void)pzErrMsg;  /* Unused parameter */
+
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFunc)/sizeof(aFunc[0]) && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, aFunc[i].zFuncName, aFunc[i].nArg,
+                   SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_INNOCUOUS|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC,
+                   0, aFunc[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_window_function(db, "decimal_sum", 1,
+                   SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_INNOCUOUS|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0,
+                   decimalSumStep, decimalSumFinalize,
+                   decimalSumValue, decimalSumInverse, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_collation(db, "decimal", SQLITE_UTF8,
+                                  0, decimalCollFunc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/************************* End ../ext/misc/decimal.c ********************/
+/************************* Begin ../ext/misc/ieee754.c ******************/
+/*
+** 2013-04-17
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This SQLite extension implements functions for the exact display
+** and input of IEEE754 Binary64 floating-point numbers.
+**
+**   ieee754(X)
+**   ieee754(Y,Z)
+**
+** In the first form, the value X should be a floating-point number.
+** The function will return a string of the form 'ieee754(Y,Z)' where
+** Y and Z are integers such that X==Y*pow(2,Z).
+**
+** In the second form, Y and Z are integers which are the mantissa and
+** base-2 exponent of a new floating point number.  The function returns
+** a floating-point value equal to Y*pow(2,Z).
+**
+** Examples:
+**
+**     ieee754(2.0)             ->     'ieee754(2,0)'
+**     ieee754(45.25)           ->     'ieee754(181,-2)'
+**     ieee754(2, 0)            ->     2.0
+**     ieee754(181, -2)         ->     45.25
+**
+** Two additional functions break apart the one-argument ieee754()
+** result into separate integer values:
+**
+**     ieee754_mantissa(45.25)  ->     181
+**     ieee754_exponent(45.25)  ->     -2
+**
+** These functions convert binary64 numbers into blobs and back again.
+**
+**     ieee754_from_blob(x'3ff0000000000000')  ->  1.0
+**     ieee754_to_blob(1.0)                    ->  x'3ff0000000000000'
+**
+** In all single-argument functions, if the argument is an 8-byte blob
+** then that blob is interpreted as a big-endian binary64 value.
+**
+**
+** EXACT DECIMAL REPRESENTATION OF BINARY64 VALUES
+** -----------------------------------------------
+**
+** This extension in combination with the separate 'decimal' extension
+** can be used to compute the exact decimal representation of binary64
+** values.  To begin, first compute a table of exponent values:
+**
+**    CREATE TABLE pow2(x INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v TEXT);
+**    WITH RECURSIVE c(x,v) AS (
+**      VALUES(0,'1')
+**      UNION ALL
+**      SELECT x+1, decimal_mul(v,'2') FROM c WHERE x+1<=971
+**    ) INSERT INTO pow2(x,v) SELECT x, v FROM c;
+**    WITH RECURSIVE c(x,v) AS (
+**      VALUES(-1,'0.5')
+**      UNION ALL
+**      SELECT x-1, decimal_mul(v,'0.5') FROM c WHERE x-1>=-1075
+**    ) INSERT INTO pow2(x,v) SELECT x, v FROM c;
+**
+** Then, to compute the exact decimal representation of a floating
+** point value (the value 47.49 is used in the example) do:
+**
+**    WITH c(n) AS (VALUES(47.49))
+**          ---------------^^^^^---- Replace with whatever you want
+**    SELECT decimal_mul(ieee754_mantissa(c.n),pow2.v)
+**      FROM pow2, c WHERE pow2.x=ieee754_exponent(c.n);
+**
+** Here is a query to show various boundry values for the binary64
+** number format:
+**
+**    WITH c(name,bin) AS (VALUES
+**       ('minimum positive value',        x'0000000000000001'),
+**       ('maximum subnormal value',       x'000fffffffffffff'),
+**       ('mininum positive nornal value', x'0010000000000000'),
+**       ('maximum value',                 x'7fefffffffffffff'))
+**    SELECT c.name, decimal_mul(ieee754_mantissa(c.bin),pow2.v)
+**      FROM pow2, c WHERE pow2.x=ieee754_exponent(c.bin);
+**
+*/
+/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */
+SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Mark a function parameter as unused, to suppress nuisance compiler
+** warnings. */
+#ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER
+# define UNUSED_PARAMETER(X)  (void)(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the ieee754() function
+*/
+static void ieee754func(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  if( argc==1 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 m, a;
+    double r;
+    int e;
+    int isNeg;
+    char zResult[100];
+    assert( sizeof(m)==sizeof(r) );
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_BLOB
+     && sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])==sizeof(r)
+    ){
+      const unsigned char *x = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+      unsigned int i;
+      sqlite3_uint64 v = 0;
+      for(i=0; i<sizeof(r); i++){
+        v = (v<<8) | x[i];
+      }
+      memcpy(&r, &v, sizeof(r));
+    }else{
+      r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+    }
+    if( r<0.0 ){
+      isNeg = 1;
+      r = -r;
+    }else{
+      isNeg = 0;
+    }
+    memcpy(&a,&r,sizeof(a));
+    if( a==0 ){
+      e = 0;
+      m = 0;
+    }else{
+      e = a>>52;
+      m = a & ((((sqlite3_int64)1)<<52)-1);
+      if( e==0 ){
+        m <<= 1;
+      }else{
+        m |= ((sqlite3_int64)1)<<52;
+      }
+      while( e<1075 && m>0 && (m&1)==0 ){
+        m >>= 1;
+        e++;
+      }
+      if( isNeg ) m = -m;
+    }
+    switch( *(int*)sqlite3_user_data(context) ){
+      case 0:
+        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zResult), zResult, "ieee754(%lld,%d)",
+                         m, e-1075);
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+        break;
+      case 1:
+        sqlite3_result_int64(context, m);
+        break;
+      case 2:
+        sqlite3_result_int(context, e-1075);
+        break;
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_int64 m, e, a;
+    double r;
+    int isNeg = 0;
+    m = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+    e = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]);
+    if( m<0 ){
+      isNeg = 1;
+      m = -m;
+      if( m<0 ) return;
+    }else if( m==0 && e>-1000 && e<1000 ){
+      sqlite3_result_double(context, 0.0);
+      return;
+    }
+    while( (m>>32)&0xffe00000 ){
+      m >>= 1;
+      e++;
+    }
+    while( m!=0 && ((m>>32)&0xfff00000)==0 ){
+      m <<= 1;
+      e--;
+    }
+    e += 1075;
+    if( e<=0 ){
+      /* Subnormal */
+      m >>= 1-e;
+      e = 0;
+    }else if( e>0x7ff ){
+      e = 0x7ff;
+    }
+    a = m & ((((sqlite3_int64)1)<<52)-1);
+    a |= e<<52;
+    if( isNeg ) a |= ((sqlite3_uint64)1)<<63;
+    memcpy(&r, &a, sizeof(r));
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Functions to convert between blobs and floats.
+*/
+static void ieee754func_from_blob(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_BLOB
+   && sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])==sizeof(double)
+  ){
+    double r;
+    const unsigned char *x = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+    unsigned int i;
+    sqlite3_uint64 v = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(r); i++){
+      v = (v<<8) | x[i];
+    }
+    memcpy(&r, &v, sizeof(r));
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
+  }
+}
+static void ieee754func_to_blob(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_FLOAT
+   || sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER
+  ){
+    double r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+    sqlite3_uint64 v;
+    unsigned char a[sizeof(r)];
+    unsigned int i;
+    memcpy(&v, &r, sizeof(r));
+    for(i=1; i<=sizeof(r); i++){
+      a[sizeof(r)-i] = v&0xff;
+      v >>= 8;
+    }
+    sqlite3_result_blob(context, a, sizeof(r), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+
+#endif
+int sqlite3_ieee_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg, 
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  static const struct {
+    char *zFName;
+    int nArg;
+    int iAux;
+    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } aFunc[] = {
+    { "ieee754",           1,   0, ieee754func },
+    { "ieee754",           2,   0, ieee754func },
+    { "ieee754_mantissa",  1,   1, ieee754func },
+    { "ieee754_exponent",  1,   2, ieee754func },
+    { "ieee754_to_blob",   1,   0, ieee754func_to_blob },
+    { "ieee754_from_blob", 1,   0, ieee754func_from_blob },
+
+  };
+  unsigned int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi);
+  (void)pzErrMsg;  /* Unused parameter */
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFunc)/sizeof(aFunc[0]) && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, aFunc[i].zFName, aFunc[i].nArg,	
+                               SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_INNOCUOUS,
+                               (void*)&aFunc[i].iAux,
+                               aFunc[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/************************* End ../ext/misc/ieee754.c ********************/
 #ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ZLIB
 /************************* Begin ../ext/misc/zipfile.c ******************/
 /*
@@ -8096,7 +9032,7 @@ static int idxProcessOneTrigger(
   IdxTable *pTab = pWrite->pTab;
   const char *zTab = pTab->zName;
   const char *zSql = 
-    "SELECT 'CREATE TEMP' || substr(sql, 7) FROM sqlite_master "
+    "SELECT 'CREATE TEMP' || substr(sql, 7) FROM sqlite_schema "
     "WHERE tbl_name = %Q AND type IN ('table', 'trigger') "
     "ORDER BY type;";
   sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;
@@ -8196,12 +9132,12 @@ static int idxCreateVtabSchema(sqlite3expert *p, char **pzErrmsg){
   **   2) Create the equivalent virtual table in dbv.
   */
   rc = idxPrepareStmt(p->db, &pSchema, pzErrmsg,
-      "SELECT type, name, sql, 1 FROM sqlite_master "
+      "SELECT type, name, sql, 1 FROM sqlite_schema "
       "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%' "
       " UNION ALL "
-      "SELECT type, name, sql, 2 FROM sqlite_master "
+      "SELECT type, name, sql, 2 FROM sqlite_schema "
       "WHERE type = 'trigger'"
-      "  AND tbl_name IN(SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type = 'view') "
+      "  AND tbl_name IN(SELECT name FROM sqlite_schema WHERE type = 'view') "
       "ORDER BY 4, 1"
   );
   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSchema) ){
@@ -8371,7 +9307,7 @@ static int idxLargestIndex(sqlite3 *db, int *pnMax, char **pzErr){
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   const char *zMax = 
     "SELECT max(i.seqno) FROM "
-    "  sqlite_master AS s, "
+    "  sqlite_schema AS s, "
     "  pragma_index_list(s.name) AS l, "
     "  pragma_index_info(l.name) AS i "
     "WHERE s.type = 'table'";
@@ -8524,7 +9460,7 @@ static int idxPopulateStat1(sqlite3expert *p, char **pzErr){
 
   const char *zAllIndex =
     "SELECT s.rowid, s.name, l.name FROM "
-    "  sqlite_master AS s, "
+    "  sqlite_schema AS s, "
     "  pragma_index_list(s.name) AS l "
     "WHERE s.type = 'table'";
   const char *zIndexXInfo = 
@@ -8598,7 +9534,7 @@ static int idxPopulateStat1(sqlite3expert *p, char **pzErr){
   sqlite3_free(pCtx);
 
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbm, "ANALYZE sqlite_master", 0, 0, 0);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbm, "ANALYZE sqlite_schema", 0, 0, 0);
   }
 
   sqlite3_exec(p->db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS temp."UNIQUE_TABLE_NAME,0,0,0);
@@ -8637,7 +9573,7 @@ sqlite3expert *sqlite3_expert_new(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrmsg){
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
     sqlite3_stmt *pSql;
     rc = idxPrintfPrepareStmt(pNew->db, &pSql, pzErrmsg, 
-        "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'"
+        "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_schema WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'"
         " AND sql NOT LIKE 'CREATE VIRTUAL %%'"
     );
     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSql) ){
@@ -9702,18 +10638,6 @@ struct OpenSession {
 };
 #endif
 
-/*
-** Shell output mode information from before ".explain on",
-** saved so that it can be restored by ".explain off"
-*/
-typedef struct SavedModeInfo SavedModeInfo;
-struct SavedModeInfo {
-  int valid;          /* Is there legit data in here? */
-  int mode;           /* Mode prior to ".explain on" */
-  int showHeader;     /* The ".header" setting prior to ".explain on" */
-  int colWidth[100];  /* Column widths prior to ".explain on" */
-};
-
 typedef struct ExpertInfo ExpertInfo;
 struct ExpertInfo {
   sqlite3expert *pExpert;
@@ -9783,8 +10707,9 @@ struct ShellState {
   char rowSeparator[20]; /* Row separator character for MODE_Ascii */
   char colSepPrior[20];  /* Saved column separator */
   char rowSepPrior[20];  /* Saved row separator */
-  int colWidth[100];     /* Requested width of each column when in column mode*/
-  int actualWidth[100];  /* Actual width of each column */
+  int *colWidth;         /* Requested width of each column in columnar modes */
+  int *actualWidth;      /* Actual width of each column */
+  int nWidth;            /* Number of slots in colWidth[] and actualWidth[] */
   char nullValue[20];    /* The text to print when a NULL comes back from
                          ** the database */
   char outfile[FILENAME_MAX]; /* Filename for *out */
@@ -9845,6 +10770,7 @@ struct ShellState {
 #define SHFLG_Newlines       0x00000010 /* .dump --newline flag */
 #define SHFLG_CountChanges   0x00000020 /* .changes setting */
 #define SHFLG_Echo           0x00000040 /* .echo or --echo setting */
+#define SHFLG_HeaderSet      0x00000080 /* .header has been used */
 
 /*
 ** Macros for testing and setting shellFlgs
@@ -9869,6 +10795,10 @@ struct ShellState {
 #define MODE_Ascii   10  /* Use ASCII unit and record separators (0x1F/0x1E) */
 #define MODE_Pretty  11  /* Pretty-print schemas */
 #define MODE_EQP     12  /* Converts EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN output into a graph */
+#define MODE_Json    13  /* Output JSON */
+#define MODE_Markdown 14 /* Markdown formatting */
+#define MODE_Table   15  /* MySQL-style table formatting */
+#define MODE_Box     16  /* Unicode box-drawing characters */
 
 static const char *modeDescr[] = {
   "line",
@@ -9883,7 +10813,11 @@ static const char *modeDescr[] = {
   "explain",
   "ascii",
   "prettyprint",
-  "eqp"
+  "eqp",
+  "json",
+  "markdown",
+  "table",
+  "box"
 };
 
 /*
@@ -10252,6 +11186,40 @@ static void output_c_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
 }
 
 /*
+** Output the given string as a quoted according to JSON quoting rules.
+*/
+static void output_json_string(FILE *out, const char *z, int n){
+  unsigned int c;
+  if( n<0 ) n = (int)strlen(z);
+  fputc('"', out);
+  while( n-- ){
+    c = *(z++);
+    if( c=='\\' || c=='"' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc(c, out);
+    }else if( c<=0x1f ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      if( c=='\b' ){
+        fputc('b', out);
+      }else if( c=='\f' ){
+        fputc('f', out);
+      }else if( c=='\n' ){
+        fputc('n', out);
+      }else if( c=='\r' ){
+        fputc('r', out);
+      }else if( c=='\t' ){
+        fputc('t', out);
+      }else{
+         raw_printf(out, "u%04x",c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      fputc(c, out);
+    }
+  }
+  fputc('"', out);
+}
+
+/*
 ** Output the given string with characters that are special to
 ** HTML escaped.
 */
@@ -10561,6 +11529,40 @@ static int progress_handler(void *pClientData) {
 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK */
 
 /*
+** Print N dashes
+*/
+static void print_dashes(FILE *out, int N){
+  const char zDash[] = "--------------------------------------------------";
+  const int nDash = sizeof(zDash) - 1;
+  while( N>nDash ){
+    fputs(zDash, out);
+    N -= nDash;
+  }
+  raw_printf(out, "%.*s", N, zDash);
+}
+
+/*
+** Print a markdown or table-style row separator using ascii-art
+*/
+static void print_row_separator(
+  ShellState *p,
+  int nArg,
+  const char *zSep
+){
+  int i;
+  if( nArg>0 ){
+    fputs(zSep, p->out);
+    print_dashes(p->out, p->actualWidth[0]+2);
+    for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){
+      fputs(zSep, p->out);
+      print_dashes(p->out, p->actualWidth[i]+2);
+    }
+    fputs(zSep, p->out);
+  }
+  fputs("\n", p->out);
+}
+
+/*
 ** This is the callback routine that the shell
 ** invokes for each row of a query result.
 */
@@ -10569,7 +11571,7 @@ static int shell_callback(
   int nArg,        /* Number of result columns */
   char **azArg,    /* Text of each result column */
   char **azCol,    /* Column names */
-  int *aiType      /* Column types */
+  int *aiType      /* Column types.  Might be NULL */
 ){
   int i;
   ShellState *p = (ShellState*)pArg;
@@ -10590,71 +11592,27 @@ static int shell_callback(
       }
       break;
     }
-    case MODE_Explain:
-    case MODE_Column: {
-      static const int aExplainWidths[] = {4, 13, 4, 4, 4, 13, 2, 13};
-      const int *colWidth;
-      int showHdr;
-      char *rowSep;
-      int nWidth;
-      if( p->cMode==MODE_Column ){
-        colWidth = p->colWidth;
-        nWidth = ArraySize(p->colWidth);
-        showHdr = p->showHeader;
-        rowSep = p->rowSeparator;
-      }else{
-        colWidth = aExplainWidths;
-        nWidth = ArraySize(aExplainWidths);
-        showHdr = 1;
-        rowSep = SEP_Row;
+    case MODE_Explain: {
+      static const int aExplainWidth[] = {4, 13, 4, 4, 4, 13, 2, 13};
+      if( nArg>ArraySize(aExplainWidth) ){
+        nArg = ArraySize(aExplainWidth);
       }
       if( p->cnt++==0 ){
         for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-          int w, n;
-          if( i<nWidth ){
-            w = colWidth[i];
-          }else{
-            w = 0;
-          }
-          if( w==0 ){
-            w = strlenChar(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
-            if( w<10 ) w = 10;
-            n = strlenChar(azArg && azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullValue);
-            if( w<n ) w = n;
-          }
-          if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
-            p->actualWidth[i] = w;
-          }
-          if( showHdr ){
-            utf8_width_print(p->out, w, azCol[i]);
-            utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", i==nArg-1 ? rowSep : "  ");
-          }
+          int w = aExplainWidth[i];
+          utf8_width_print(p->out, w, azCol[i]);
+          fputs(i==nArg-1 ? "\n" : "  ", p->out);
         }
-        if( showHdr ){
-          for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-            int w;
-            if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
-               w = p->actualWidth[i];
-               if( w<0 ) w = -w;
-            }else{
-               w = 10;
-            }
-            utf8_printf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,
-                   "----------------------------------------------------------"
-                   "----------------------------------------------------------",
-                    i==nArg-1 ? rowSep : "  ");
-          }
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          int w = aExplainWidth[i];
+          print_dashes(p->out, w);
+          fputs(i==nArg-1 ? "\n" : "  ", p->out);
         }
       }
       if( azArg==0 ) break;
       for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-        int w;
-        if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
-           w = p->actualWidth[i];
-        }else{
-           w = 10;
-        }
-        if( p->cMode==MODE_Explain && azArg[i] && strlenChar(azArg[i])>w ){
+        int w = aExplainWidth[i];
+        if( azArg[i] && strlenChar(azArg[i])>w ){
           w = strlenChar(azArg[i]);
         }
         if( i==1 && p->aiIndent && p->pStmt ){
@@ -10664,7 +11622,7 @@ static int shell_callback(
           p->iIndent++;
         }
         utf8_width_print(p->out, w, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullValue);
-        utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", i==nArg-1 ? rowSep : "  ");
+        fputs(i==nArg-1 ? "\n" : "  ", p->out);
       }
       break;
     }
@@ -10868,18 +11826,60 @@ static int shell_callback(
       raw_printf(p->out,");\n");
       break;
     }
+    case MODE_Json: {
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      if( p->cnt==0 ){
+        fputs("[{", p->out);
+      }else{
+        fputs(",\n{", p->out);
+      }
+      p->cnt++;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        output_json_string(p->out, azCol[i], -1);
+        putc(':', p->out);
+        if( (azArg[i]==0) || (aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_NULL) ){
+          fputs("null",p->out);
+        }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
+          char z[50];
+          double r = sqlite3_column_double(p->pStmt, i);
+          sqlite3_uint64 ur;
+          memcpy(&ur,&r,sizeof(r));
+          if( ur==0x7ff0000000000000LL ){
+            raw_printf(p->out, "1e999");
+          }else if( ur==0xfff0000000000000LL ){
+            raw_printf(p->out, "-1e999");
+          }else{
+            sqlite3_snprintf(50,z,"%!.20g", r);
+            raw_printf(p->out, "%s", z);
+          }
+        }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_BLOB && p->pStmt ){
+          const void *pBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(p->pStmt, i);
+          int nBlob = sqlite3_column_bytes(p->pStmt, i);
+          output_json_string(p->out, pBlob, nBlob);
+        }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+          output_json_string(p->out, azArg[i], -1);
+        }else{
+          utf8_printf(p->out,"%s", azArg[i]);
+        }
+        if( i<nArg-1 ){
+          putc(',', p->out);
+        }
+      }
+      putc('}', p->out);
+      break;
+    }
     case MODE_Quote: {
       if( azArg==0 ) break;
       if( p->cnt==0 && p->showHeader ){
         for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-          if( i>0 ) raw_printf(p->out, ",");
+          if( i>0 ) fputs(p->colSeparator, p->out);
           output_quoted_string(p->out, azCol[i]);
         }
-        raw_printf(p->out,"\n");
+        fputs(p->rowSeparator, p->out);
       }
       p->cnt++;
       for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-        if( i>0 ) raw_printf(p->out, ",");
+        if( i>0 ) fputs(p->colSeparator, p->out);
         if( (azArg[i]==0) || (aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_NULL) ){
           utf8_printf(p->out,"NULL");
         }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_TEXT ){
@@ -10901,7 +11901,7 @@ static int shell_callback(
           output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]);
         }
       }
-      raw_printf(p->out,"\n");
+      fputs(p->rowSeparator, p->out);
       break;
     }
     case MODE_Ascii: {
@@ -10974,16 +11974,16 @@ static void createSelftestTable(ShellState *p){
     "INSERT INTO [_shell$self]\n"
     "  SELECT 'run',\n"
     "    'SELECT hex(sha3_query(''SELECT type,name,tbl_name,sql "
-                                 "FROM sqlite_master ORDER BY 2'',224))',\n"
+                                 "FROM sqlite_schema ORDER BY 2'',224))',\n"
     "    hex(sha3_query('SELECT type,name,tbl_name,sql "
-                          "FROM sqlite_master ORDER BY 2',224));\n"
+                          "FROM sqlite_schema ORDER BY 2',224));\n"
     "INSERT INTO [_shell$self]\n"
     "  SELECT 'run',"
     "    'SELECT hex(sha3_query(''SELECT * FROM \"' ||"
     "        printf('%w',name) || '\" NOT INDEXED'',224))',\n"
     "    hex(sha3_query(printf('SELECT * FROM \"%w\" NOT INDEXED',name),224))\n"
     "  FROM (\n"
-    "    SELECT name FROM sqlite_master\n"
+    "    SELECT name FROM sqlite_schema\n"
     "     WHERE type='table'\n"
     "       AND name<>'selftest'\n"
     "       AND coalesce(rootpage,0)>0\n"
@@ -11467,7 +12467,7 @@ static void explain_data_delete(ShellState *p){
 ** Disable and restore .wheretrace and .selecttrace settings.
 */
 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
-extern int sqlite3SelectTrace;
+extern unsigned int sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace;
 static int savedSelectTrace;
 #endif
 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)
@@ -11476,8 +12476,8 @@ static int savedWhereTrace;
 #endif
 static void disable_debug_trace_modes(void){
 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
-  savedSelectTrace = sqlite3SelectTrace;
-  sqlite3SelectTrace = 0;
+  savedSelectTrace = sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace;
+  sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace = 0;
 #endif
 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)
   savedWhereTrace = sqlite3WhereTrace;
@@ -11486,7 +12486,7 @@ static void disable_debug_trace_modes(void){
 }
 static void restore_debug_trace_modes(void){
 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
-  sqlite3SelectTrace = savedSelectTrace;
+  sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace = savedSelectTrace;
 #endif
 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)
   sqlite3WhereTrace = savedWhereTrace;
@@ -11558,6 +12558,232 @@ static void bind_prepared_stmt(ShellState *pArg, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
 }
 
 /*
+** UTF8 box-drawing characters.  Imagine box lines like this:
+**
+**           1
+**           |
+**       4 --+-- 2
+**           |
+**           3
+**
+** Each box characters has between 2 and 4 of the lines leading from
+** the center.  The characters are here identified by the numbers of
+** their corresponding lines.
+*/
+#define BOX_24   "\342\224\200"  /* U+2500 --- */
+#define BOX_13   "\342\224\202"  /* U+2502  |  */
+#define BOX_23   "\342\224\214"  /* U+250c  ,- */
+#define BOX_34   "\342\224\220"  /* U+2510 -,  */
+#define BOX_12   "\342\224\224"  /* U+2514  '- */
+#define BOX_14   "\342\224\230"  /* U+2518 -'  */
+#define BOX_123  "\342\224\234"  /* U+251c  |- */
+#define BOX_134  "\342\224\244"  /* U+2524 -|  */
+#define BOX_234  "\342\224\254"  /* U+252c -,- */
+#define BOX_124  "\342\224\264"  /* U+2534 -'- */
+#define BOX_1234 "\342\224\274"  /* U+253c -|- */
+
+/* Draw horizontal line N characters long using unicode box
+** characters
+*/
+static void print_box_line(FILE *out, int N){
+  const char zDash[] = 
+      BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24
+      BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24 BOX_24;
+  const int nDash = sizeof(zDash) - 1;
+  N *= 3;
+  while( N>nDash ){
+    utf8_printf(out, zDash);
+    N -= nDash;
+  }
+  utf8_printf(out, "%.*s", N, zDash);
+}
+
+/*
+** Draw a horizontal separator for a MODE_Box table.
+*/
+static void print_box_row_separator(
+  ShellState *p,
+  int nArg,
+  const char *zSep1,
+  const char *zSep2,
+  const char *zSep3
+){
+  int i;
+  if( nArg>0 ){
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", zSep1);
+    print_box_line(p->out, p->actualWidth[0]+2);
+    for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){
+      utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", zSep2);
+      print_box_line(p->out, p->actualWidth[i]+2);
+    }
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", zSep3);
+  }
+  fputs("\n", p->out);
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Run a prepared statement and output the result in one of the
+** table-oriented formats: MODE_Column, MODE_Markdown, MODE_Table,
+** or MODE_Box.
+**
+** This is different from ordinary exec_prepared_stmt() in that
+** it has to run the entire query and gather the results into memory
+** first, in order to determine column widths, before providing
+** any output.
+*/
+static void exec_prepared_stmt_columnar(
+  ShellState *p,                        /* Pointer to ShellState */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt                   /* Statment to run */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 nRow = 0;
+  int nColumn = 0;
+  char **azData = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 nAlloc = 0;
+  const char *z;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_int64 i, nData;
+  int j, nTotal, w, n;
+  const char *colSep = 0;
+  const char *rowSep = 0;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return;
+  nColumn = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+  nAlloc = nColumn*4;
+  azData = sqlite3_malloc64( nAlloc*sizeof(char*) );
+  if( azData==0 ) shell_out_of_memory();
+  for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+    azData[i] = strdup(sqlite3_column_name(pStmt,i));
+  }
+  do{
+    if( (nRow+2)*nColumn >= nAlloc ){
+      nAlloc *= 2;
+      azData = sqlite3_realloc64(azData, nAlloc*sizeof(char*));
+      if( azData==0 ) shell_out_of_memory();
+    }
+    nRow++;
+    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+      z = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,i);
+      azData[nRow*nColumn + i] = z ? strdup(z) : 0;
+    }
+  }while( (rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt))==SQLITE_ROW );
+  if( nColumn>p->nWidth ){
+    p->colWidth = realloc(p->colWidth, nColumn*2*sizeof(int));
+    if( p->colWidth==0 ) shell_out_of_memory();
+    for(i=p->nWidth; i<nColumn; i++) p->colWidth[i] = 0;
+    p->nWidth = nColumn;
+    p->actualWidth = &p->colWidth[nColumn];
+  }
+  memset(p->actualWidth, 0, nColumn*sizeof(int));
+  for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+    w = p->colWidth[i];
+    if( w<0 ) w = -w;
+    p->actualWidth[i] = w;
+  }
+  nTotal = nColumn*(nRow+1);
+  for(i=0; i<nTotal; i++){
+    z = azData[i];
+    if( z==0 ) z = p->nullValue;
+    n = strlenChar(z);
+    j = i%nColumn;
+    if( n>p->actualWidth[j] ) p->actualWidth[j] = n;
+  }
+  if( seenInterrupt ) goto columnar_end;
+  switch( p->cMode ){
+    case MODE_Column: {
+      colSep = "  ";
+      rowSep = "\n";
+      if( p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+          w = p->actualWidth[i];
+          if( p->colWidth[i]<0 ) w = -w;
+          utf8_width_print(p->out, w, azData[i]);
+          fputs(i==nColumn-1?"\n":"  ", p->out);
+        }
+        for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+          print_dashes(p->out, p->actualWidth[i]);
+          fputs(i==nColumn-1?"\n":"  ", p->out);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Table: {
+      colSep = " | ";
+      rowSep = " |\n";
+      print_row_separator(p, nColumn, "+");
+      fputs("| ", p->out);
+      for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+        w = p->actualWidth[i];
+        n = strlenChar(azData[i]);
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%*s%s%*s", (w-n)/2, "", azData[i], (w-n+1)/2, "");
+        fputs(i==nColumn-1?" |\n":" | ", p->out);
+      }
+      print_row_separator(p, nColumn, "+");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Markdown: {
+      colSep = " | ";
+      rowSep = " |\n";
+      fputs("| ", p->out);
+      for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+        w = p->actualWidth[i];
+        n = strlenChar(azData[i]);
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%*s%s%*s", (w-n)/2, "", azData[i], (w-n+1)/2, "");
+        fputs(i==nColumn-1?" |\n":" | ", p->out);
+      }
+      print_row_separator(p, nColumn, "|");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Box: {
+      colSep = " " BOX_13 " ";
+      rowSep = " " BOX_13 "\n";
+      print_box_row_separator(p, nColumn, BOX_23, BOX_234, BOX_34);
+      utf8_printf(p->out, BOX_13 " ");
+      for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+        w = p->actualWidth[i];
+        n = strlenChar(azData[i]);
+        utf8_printf(p->out, "%*s%s%*s%s",
+            (w-n)/2, "", azData[i], (w-n+1)/2, "",
+            i==nColumn-1?" "BOX_13"\n":" "BOX_13" ");
+      }
+      print_box_row_separator(p, nColumn, BOX_123, BOX_1234, BOX_134);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=nColumn, j=0; i<nTotal; i++, j++){
+    if( j==0 && p->cMode!=MODE_Column ){
+      utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->cMode==MODE_Box?BOX_13" ":"| ");
+    }
+    z = azData[i];
+    if( z==0 ) z = p->nullValue;
+    w = p->actualWidth[j];
+    if( p->colWidth[j]<0 ) w = -w;
+    utf8_width_print(p->out, w, z);
+    if( j==nColumn-1 ){
+      utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", rowSep);
+      j = -1;
+      if( seenInterrupt ) goto columnar_end;
+    }else{
+      utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", colSep);
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->cMode==MODE_Table ){
+    print_row_separator(p, nColumn, "+");
+  }else if( p->cMode==MODE_Box ){
+    print_box_row_separator(p, nColumn, BOX_12, BOX_124, BOX_14);
+  }
+columnar_end:
+  if( seenInterrupt ){
+    utf8_printf(p->out, "Interrupt\n");
+  }
+  nData = (nRow+1)*nColumn;
+  for(i=0; i<nData; i++) free(azData[i]);
+  sqlite3_free(azData);
+}
+
+/*
 ** Run a prepared statement
 */
 static void exec_prepared_stmt(
@@ -11566,6 +12792,15 @@ static void exec_prepared_stmt(
 ){
   int rc;
 
+  if( pArg->cMode==MODE_Column
+   || pArg->cMode==MODE_Table
+   || pArg->cMode==MODE_Box
+   || pArg->cMode==MODE_Markdown
+  ){
+    exec_prepared_stmt_columnar(pArg, pStmt);
+    return;
+  }
+
   /* perform the first step.  this will tell us if we
   ** have a result set or not and how wide it is.
   */
@@ -11613,6 +12848,9 @@ static void exec_prepared_stmt(
         }
       } while( SQLITE_ROW == rc );
       sqlite3_free(pData);
+      if( pArg->cMode==MODE_Json ){
+        fputs("]\n", pArg->out);
+      }
     }
   }
 }
@@ -12063,7 +13301,7 @@ static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azNotUsed){
   if( strcmp(zTable, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
     raw_printf(p->out, "DELETE FROM sqlite_sequence;\n");
   }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sqlite_stat?", zTable)==0 ){
-    raw_printf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_master;\n");
+    raw_printf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_schema;\n");
   }else if( strncmp(zTable, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
     return 0;
   }else if( strncmp(zSql, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE", 20)==0 ){
@@ -12073,7 +13311,7 @@ static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azNotUsed){
       p->writableSchema = 1;
     }
     zIns = sqlite3_mprintf(
-       "INSERT INTO sqlite_master(type,name,tbl_name,rootpage,sql)"
+       "INSERT INTO sqlite_schema(type,name,tbl_name,rootpage,sql)"
        "VALUES('table','%q','%q',0,'%q');",
        zTable, zTable, zSql);
     utf8_printf(p->out, "%s\n", zIns);
@@ -12293,16 +13531,20 @@ static const char *(azHelp[]) = {
   ".log FILE|off            Turn logging on or off.  FILE can be stderr/stdout",
   ".mode MODE ?TABLE?       Set output mode",
   "   MODE is one of:",
-  "     ascii    Columns/rows delimited by 0x1F and 0x1E",
-  "     csv      Comma-separated values",
-  "     column   Left-aligned columns.  (See .width)",
-  "     html     HTML <table> code",
-  "     insert   SQL insert statements for TABLE",
-  "     line     One value per line",
-  "     list     Values delimited by \"|\"",
-  "     quote    Escape answers as for SQL",
-  "     tabs     Tab-separated values",
-  "     tcl      TCL list elements",
+  "     ascii     Columns/rows delimited by 0x1F and 0x1E",
+  "     box       Tables using unicode box-drawing characters",
+  "     csv       Comma-separated values",
+  "     column    Output in columns.  (See .width)",
+  "     html      HTML <table> code",
+  "     insert    SQL insert statements for TABLE",
+  "     json      Results in a JSON array",
+  "     line      One value per line",
+  "     list      Values delimited by \"|\"",
+  "     markdown  Markdown table format",
+  "     quote     Escape answers as for SQL",
+  "     table     ASCII-art table",
+  "     tabs      Tab-separated values",
+  "     tcl       TCL list elements",
   ".nullvalue STRING        Use STRING in place of NULL values",
   ".once ?OPTIONS? ?FILE?   Output for the next SQL command only to FILE",
   "     If FILE begins with '|' then open as a pipe",
@@ -12310,7 +13552,7 @@ static const char *(azHelp[]) = {
   "       -e     Send output to the system text editor",
   "       -x     Send output as CSV to a spreadsheet (same as \".excel\")",
 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  ".oom [--repeat M] [N]    Simulate an OOM error on the N-th allocation",
+  ".oom ?--repeat M? ?N?    Simulate an OOM error on the N-th allocation",
 #endif 
   ".open ?OPTIONS? ?FILE?   Close existing database and reopen FILE",
   "     Options:",
@@ -12384,7 +13626,7 @@ static const char *(azHelp[]) = {
 #endif
   ".sha3sum ...             Compute a SHA3 hash of database content",
   "    Options:",
-  "      --schema              Also hash the sqlite_master table",
+  "      --schema              Also hash the sqlite_schema table",
   "      --sha3-224            Use the sha3-224 algorithm",
   "      --sha3-256            Use the sha3-256 algorithm (default)",
   "      --sha3-384            Use the sha3-384 algorithm",
@@ -12427,7 +13669,7 @@ static const char *(azHelp[]) = {
   ".vfsinfo ?AUX?           Information about the top-level VFS",
   ".vfslist                 List all available VFSes",
   ".vfsname ?AUX?           Print the name of the VFS stack",
-  ".width NUM1 NUM2 ...     Set column widths for \"column\" mode",
+  ".width NUM1 NUM2 ...     Set minimum column widths for columnar output",
   "     Negative values right-justify",
 };
 
@@ -12932,6 +14174,8 @@ static void open_db(ShellState *p, int openFlags){
     sqlite3_shathree_init(p->db, 0, 0);
     sqlite3_completion_init(p->db, 0, 0);
     sqlite3_uint_init(p->db, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_decimal_init(p->db, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_ieee_init(p->db, 0, 0);
 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB)
     sqlite3_dbdata_init(p->db, 0, 0);
 #endif
@@ -13264,6 +14508,7 @@ typedef struct ImportCtx ImportCtx;
 struct ImportCtx {
   const char *zFile;  /* Name of the input file */
   FILE *in;           /* Read the CSV text from this input stream */
+  int (SQLITE_CDECL *xCloser)(FILE*);      /* Func to close in */
   char *z;            /* Accumulated text for a field */
   int n;              /* Number of bytes in z */
   int nAlloc;         /* Space allocated for z[] */
@@ -13276,6 +14521,16 @@ struct ImportCtx {
   int cRowSep;        /* The row separator character.  (Usually "\n") */
 };
 
+/* Clean up resourced used by an ImportCtx */
+static void import_cleanup(ImportCtx *p){
+  if( p->in!=0 && p->xCloser!=0 ){
+    p->xCloser(p->in);
+    p->in = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p->z);
+  p->z = 0;
+}
+
 /* Append a single byte to z[] */
 static void import_append_char(ImportCtx *p, int c){
   if( p->n+1>=p->nAlloc ){
@@ -13524,7 +14779,7 @@ end_data_xfer:
 ** Try to transfer all rows of the schema that match zWhere.  For
 ** each row, invoke xForEach() on the object defined by that row.
 ** If an error is encountered while moving forward through the
-** sqlite_master table, try again moving backwards.
+** sqlite_schema table, try again moving backwards.
 */
 static void tryToCloneSchema(
   ShellState *p,
@@ -13539,7 +14794,7 @@ static void tryToCloneSchema(
   const unsigned char *zSql;
   char *zErrMsg = 0;
 
-  zQuery = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT name, sql FROM sqlite_master"
+  zQuery = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT name, sql FROM sqlite_schema"
                            " WHERE %s", zWhere);
   rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zQuery, -1, &pQuery, 0);
   if( rc ){
@@ -13566,7 +14821,7 @@ static void tryToCloneSchema(
   if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
     sqlite3_finalize(pQuery);
     sqlite3_free(zQuery);
-    zQuery = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT name, sql FROM sqlite_master"
+    zQuery = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT name, sql FROM sqlite_schema"
                              " WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid DESC", zWhere);
     rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zQuery, -1, &pQuery, 0);
     if( rc ){
@@ -13770,11 +15025,11 @@ static int shell_dbinfo_command(ShellState *p, int nArg, char **azArg){
     raw_printf(p->out, "\n");
   }
   if( zDb==0 ){
-    zSchemaTab = sqlite3_mprintf("main.sqlite_master");
+    zSchemaTab = sqlite3_mprintf("main.sqlite_schema");
   }else if( strcmp(zDb,"temp")==0 ){
-    zSchemaTab = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", "sqlite_temp_master");
+    zSchemaTab = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", "sqlite_temp_schema");
   }else{
-    zSchemaTab = sqlite3_mprintf("\"%w\".sqlite_master", zDb);
+    zSchemaTab = sqlite3_mprintf("\"%w\".sqlite_schema", zDb);
   }
   for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aQuery); i++){
     char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(aQuery[i].zSql, zSchemaTab);
@@ -14096,7 +15351,7 @@ static int lintFkeyIndexes(
     "  || ');'"
     ", "
     "     f.[table] "
-    "FROM sqlite_master AS s, pragma_foreign_key_list(s.name) AS f "
+    "FROM sqlite_schema AS s, pragma_foreign_key_list(s.name) AS f "
     "LEFT JOIN pragma_table_info AS p ON (pk-1=seq AND p.arg=f.[table]) "
     "GROUP BY s.name, f.id "
     "ORDER BY (CASE WHEN ? THEN f.[table] ELSE s.name END)"
@@ -15171,7 +16426,7 @@ static RecoverTable *recoverNewTable(
     shellPreparePrintf(dbtmp, &rc, &pStmt, 
       "SELECT ("
       "  SELECT substr(data,1,1)==X'0D' FROM sqlite_dbpage WHERE pgno=rootpage"
-      ") FROM sqlite_master WHERE name = %Q", zName
+      ") FROM sqlite_schema WHERE name = %Q", zName
     );
     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
       bSqlIntkey = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
@@ -15243,7 +16498,7 @@ static RecoverTable *recoverNewTable(
 
 /*
 ** This function is called to search the schema recovered from the
-** sqlite_master table of the (possibly) corrupt database as part
+** sqlite_schema table of the (possibly) corrupt database as part
 ** of a ".recover" command. Specifically, for a table with root page
 ** iRoot and at least nCol columns. Additionally, if bIntkey is 0, the
 ** table must be a WITHOUT ROWID table, or if non-zero, not one of
@@ -15506,7 +16761,7 @@ static int recoverDatabaseCmd(ShellState *pState, int nArg, char **azArg){
     ");"
 
     /* Extract data from page 1 and any linked pages into table
-    ** recovery.schema. With the same schema as an sqlite_master table.  */
+    ** recovery.schema. With the same schema as an sqlite_schema table.  */
     "CREATE TABLE recovery.schema(type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql);"
     "INSERT INTO recovery.schema SELECT "
     "  max(CASE WHEN field=0 THEN value ELSE NULL END),"
@@ -15658,7 +16913,7 @@ static int recoverDatabaseCmd(ShellState *pState, int nArg, char **azArg){
       if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zSql, "create virt", 11)==0 ){
         const char *zName = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1);
         char *zPrint = shellMPrintf(&rc, 
-          "INSERT INTO sqlite_master VALUES('table', %Q, %Q, 0, %Q)",
+          "INSERT INTO sqlite_schema VALUES('table', %Q, %Q, 0, %Q)",
           zName, zName, zSql
         );
         raw_printf(pState->out, "%s;\n", zPrint);
@@ -15997,6 +17252,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
           raw_printf(stderr, "The --preserve-rowids option is not compatible"
                              " with SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE\n");
           rc = 1;
+          sqlite3_free(zLike);
           goto meta_command_exit;
 #else
           ShellSetFlag(p, SHFLG_PreserveRowid);
@@ -16008,6 +17264,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
         {
           raw_printf(stderr, "Unknown option \"%s\" on \".dump\"\n", azArg[i]);
           rc = 1;
+          sqlite3_free(zLike);
           goto meta_command_exit;
         }
       }else if( zLike ){
@@ -16028,13 +17285,13 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
     p->writableSchema = 0;
     p->showHeader = 0;
     /* Set writable_schema=ON since doing so forces SQLite to initialize
-    ** as much of the schema as it can even if the sqlite_master table is
+    ** as much of the schema as it can even if the sqlite_schema table is
     ** corrupt. */
     sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT dump; PRAGMA writable_schema=ON", 0, 0, 0);
     p->nErr = 0;
     if( zLike==0 ) zLike = sqlite3_mprintf("true");
     zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
-      "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+      "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_schema "
       "WHERE (%s) AND type=='table'"
       "  AND sql NOT NULL"
       " ORDER BY tbl_name='sqlite_sequence', rowid",
@@ -16043,7 +17300,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
     run_schema_dump_query(p,zSql);
     sqlite3_free(zSql);
     zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
-      "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master "
+      "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_schema "
       "WHERE (%s) AND sql NOT NULL"
       "  AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')",
       zLike
@@ -16090,7 +17347,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
         p->autoEQP = AUTOEQP_full;
         p->autoEQPtrace = 1;
         open_db(p, 0);
-        sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master LIMIT 1", 0, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT name FROM sqlite_schema LIMIT 1", 0, 0, 0);
         sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA vdbe_trace=ON;", 0, 0, 0);
 #endif
       }else{
@@ -16303,8 +17560,8 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
     rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
        "SELECT sql FROM"
        "  (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x"
-       "     FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
-       "   SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
+       "     FROM sqlite_schema UNION ALL"
+       "   SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_schema) "
        "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%' "
        "ORDER BY rowid",
        callback, &data, &zErrMsg
@@ -16312,7 +17569,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
       sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
       rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db,
-               "SELECT rowid FROM sqlite_master"
+               "SELECT rowid FROM sqlite_schema"
                " WHERE name GLOB 'sqlite_stat[134]'",
                -1, &pStmt, 0);
       doStats = sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW;
@@ -16321,21 +17578,22 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
     if( doStats==0 ){
       raw_printf(p->out, "/* No STAT tables available */\n");
     }else{
-      raw_printf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_master;\n");
-      sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT 'ANALYZE sqlite_master'",
+      raw_printf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_schema;\n");
+      sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SELECT 'ANALYZE sqlite_schema'",
                    callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
       data.cMode = data.mode = MODE_Insert;
       data.zDestTable = "sqlite_stat1";
       shell_exec(&data, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_stat1", &zErrMsg);
       data.zDestTable = "sqlite_stat4";
       shell_exec(&data, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_stat4", &zErrMsg);
-      raw_printf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_master;\n");
+      raw_printf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_schema;\n");
     }
   }else
 
   if( c=='h' && strncmp(azArg[0], "headers", n)==0 ){
     if( nArg==2 ){
       p->showHeader = booleanValue(azArg[1]);
+      p->shellFlgs |= SHFLG_HeaderSet;
     }else{
       raw_printf(stderr, "Usage: .headers on|off\n");
       rc = 1;
@@ -16365,7 +17623,6 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
     char *zSql;                 /* An SQL statement */
     ImportCtx sCtx;             /* Reader context */
     char *(SQLITE_CDECL *xRead)(ImportCtx*); /* Func to read one value */
-    int (SQLITE_CDECL *xCloser)(FILE*);      /* Func to close file */
     int eVerbose = 0;           /* Larger for more console output */
     int nSkip = 0;              /* Initial lines to skip */
     int useOutputMode = 1;      /* Use output mode to determine separators */
@@ -16471,11 +17728,11 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
 #else
       sCtx.in = popen(sCtx.zFile+1, "r");
       sCtx.zFile = "<pipe>";
-      xCloser = pclose;
+      sCtx.xCloser = pclose;
 #endif
     }else{
       sCtx.in = fopen(sCtx.zFile, "rb");
-      xCloser = fclose;
+      sCtx.xCloser = fclose;
     }
     if( sCtx.in==0 ){
       utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", zFile);
@@ -16495,11 +17752,10 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
     }
     while( (nSkip--)>0 ){
       while( xRead(&sCtx) && sCtx.cTerm==sCtx.cColSep ){}
-      sCtx.nLine++;
     }
     zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %s", zTable);
     if( zSql==0 ){
-      xCloser(sCtx.in);
+      import_cleanup(&sCtx);
       shell_out_of_memory();
     }
     nByte = strlen30(zSql);
@@ -16515,8 +17771,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
       }
       if( cSep=='(' ){
         sqlite3_free(zCreate);
-        sqlite3_free(sCtx.z);
-        xCloser(sCtx.in);
+        import_cleanup(&sCtx);
         utf8_printf(stderr,"%s: empty file\n", sCtx.zFile);
         rc = 1;
         goto meta_command_exit;
@@ -16530,8 +17785,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
       if( rc ){
         utf8_printf(stderr, "CREATE TABLE %s(...) failed: %s\n", zTable,
                 sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
-        sqlite3_free(sCtx.z);
-        xCloser(sCtx.in);
+        import_cleanup(&sCtx);
         rc = 1;
         goto meta_command_exit;
       }
@@ -16541,7 +17795,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
     if( rc ){
       if (pStmt) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
       utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
-      xCloser(sCtx.in);
+      import_cleanup(&sCtx);
       rc = 1;
       goto meta_command_exit;
     }
@@ -16551,7 +17805,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
     if( nCol==0 ) return 0; /* no columns, no error */
     zSql = sqlite3_malloc64( nByte*2 + 20 + nCol*2 );
     if( zSql==0 ){
-      xCloser(sCtx.in);
+      import_cleanup(&sCtx);
       shell_out_of_memory();
     }
     sqlite3_snprintf(nByte+20, zSql, "INSERT INTO \"%w\" VALUES(?", zTable);
@@ -16570,7 +17824,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
     if( rc ){
       utf8_printf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
       if (pStmt) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-      xCloser(sCtx.in);
+      import_cleanup(&sCtx);
       rc = 1;
       goto meta_command_exit;
     }
@@ -16622,8 +17876,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
       }
     }while( sCtx.cTerm!=EOF );
 
-    xCloser(sCtx.in);
-    sqlite3_free(sCtx.z);
+    import_cleanup(&sCtx);
     sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
     if( needCommit ) sqlite3_exec(p->db, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0);
     if( eVerbose>0 ){
@@ -16661,10 +17914,10 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
       goto meta_command_exit;
     }
     zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
-      "SELECT rootpage, 0 FROM sqlite_master"
+      "SELECT rootpage, 0 FROM sqlite_schema"
       " WHERE name='%q' AND type='index'"
       "UNION ALL "
-      "SELECT rootpage, 1 FROM sqlite_master"
+      "SELECT rootpage, 1 FROM sqlite_schema"
       " WHERE name='%q' AND type='table'"
       "   AND sql LIKE '%%without%%rowid%%'",
       azArg[1], azArg[1]
@@ -16862,6 +18115,9 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
       sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row);
     }else if( c2=='c' && strncmp(azArg[1],"columns",n2)==0 ){
       p->mode = MODE_Column;
+      if( (p->shellFlgs & SHFLG_HeaderSet)==0 ){
+        p->showHeader = 1;
+      }
       sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row);
     }else if( c2=='l' && n2>2 && strncmp(azArg[1],"list",n2)==0 ){
       p->mode = MODE_List;
@@ -16885,15 +18141,26 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
       set_table_name(p, nArg>=3 ? azArg[2] : "table");
     }else if( c2=='q' && strncmp(azArg[1],"quote",n2)==0 ){
       p->mode = MODE_Quote;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Comma);
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Row);
     }else if( c2=='a' && strncmp(azArg[1],"ascii",n2)==0 ){
       p->mode = MODE_Ascii;
       sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Unit);
       sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Record);
+    }else if( c2=='m' && strncmp(azArg[1],"markdown",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Markdown;
+    }else if( c2=='t' && strncmp(azArg[1],"table",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Table;
+    }else if( c2=='b' && strncmp(azArg[1],"box",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Box;
+    }else if( c2=='j' && strncmp(azArg[1],"json",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Json;
     }else if( nArg==1 ){
       raw_printf(p->out, "current output mode: %s\n", modeDescr[p->mode]);
     }else{
       raw_printf(stderr, "Error: mode should be one of: "
-         "ascii column csv html insert line list quote tabs tcl\n");
+         "ascii box column csv html insert json line list markdown "
+         "quote table tabs tcl\n");
       rc = 1;
     }
     p->cMode = p->mode;
@@ -17281,8 +18548,9 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
       rc = 1;
       goto meta_command_exit;
     }
-    p->in = fopen(azArg[1], "rb");
-    if( p->in==0 ){
+    if( notNormalFile(azArg[1])
+     || (p->in = fopen(azArg[1], "rb"))==0
+    ){
       utf8_printf(stderr,"Error: cannot open \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]);
       rc = 1;
     }else{
@@ -17385,8 +18653,11 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
       }
     }
     if( zName!=0 ){
-      int isMaster = sqlite3_strlike(zName, "sqlite_master", '\\')==0;
-      if( isMaster || sqlite3_strlike(zName,"sqlite_temp_master", '\\')==0 ){
+      int isSchema = sqlite3_strlike(zName, "sqlite_master", '\\')==0
+                  || sqlite3_strlike(zName, "sqlite_schema", '\\')==0
+                  || sqlite3_strlike(zName,"sqlite_temp_master", '\\')==0
+                  || sqlite3_strlike(zName,"sqlite_temp_schema", '\\')==0;
+      if( isSchema ){
         char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2];
         new_argv[0] = sqlite3_mprintf(
                       "CREATE TABLE %s (\n"
@@ -17395,7 +18666,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
                       "  tbl_name text,\n"
                       "  rootpage integer,\n"
                       "  sql text\n"
-                      ")", isMaster ? "sqlite_master" : "sqlite_temp_master");
+                      ")", zName);
         new_argv[1] = 0;
         new_colv[0] = "sql";
         new_colv[1] = 0;
@@ -17433,7 +18704,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
         appendText(&sSelect, zDb, '\'');
         appendText(&sSelect, " AS sname FROM ", 0);
         appendText(&sSelect, zDb, quoteChar(zDb));
-        appendText(&sSelect, ".sqlite_master", 0);
+        appendText(&sSelect, ".sqlite_schema", 0);
       }
       sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTROSPECTION_PRAGMAS
@@ -17485,7 +18756,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
 
 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
   if( c=='s' && n==11 && strncmp(azArg[0], "selecttrace", n)==0 ){
-    sqlite3SelectTrace = (int)integerValue(azArg[1]);
+    sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace = nArg>=2 ? (int)integerValue(azArg[1]) : 0xffff;
   }else
 #endif
 
@@ -17877,12 +19148,12 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
       }
     }
     if( bSchema ){
-      zSql = "SELECT lower(name) FROM sqlite_master"
+      zSql = "SELECT lower(name) FROM sqlite_schema"
              " WHERE type='table' AND coalesce(rootpage,0)>1"
-             " UNION ALL SELECT 'sqlite_master'"
+             " UNION ALL SELECT 'sqlite_schema'"
              " ORDER BY 1 collate nocase";
     }else{
-      zSql = "SELECT lower(name) FROM sqlite_master"
+      zSql = "SELECT lower(name) FROM sqlite_schema"
              " WHERE type='table' AND coalesce(rootpage,0)>1"
              " AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'"
              " ORDER BY 1 collate nocase";
@@ -17899,8 +19170,8 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
         appendText(&sQuery,"SELECT * FROM ", 0);
         appendText(&sQuery,zTab,'"');
         appendText(&sQuery," NOT INDEXED;", 0);
-      }else if( strcmp(zTab, "sqlite_master")==0 ){
-        appendText(&sQuery,"SELECT type,name,tbl_name,sql FROM sqlite_master"
+      }else if( strcmp(zTab, "sqlite_schema")==0 ){
+        appendText(&sQuery,"SELECT type,name,tbl_name,sql FROM sqlite_schema"
                            " ORDER BY name;", 0);
       }else if( strcmp(zTab, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
         appendText(&sQuery,"SELECT name,seq FROM sqlite_sequence"
@@ -17994,7 +19265,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
       raw_printf(p->out, "\n");
     utf8_printf(p->out, "%12.12s: %s\n","stats", azBool[p->statsOn!=0]);
     utf8_printf(p->out, "%12.12s: ", "width");
-    for (i=0;i<(int)ArraySize(p->colWidth) && p->colWidth[i] != 0;i++) {
+    for (i=0;i<p->nWidth;i++) {
       raw_printf(p->out, "%d ", p->colWidth[i]);
     }
     raw_printf(p->out, "\n");
@@ -18051,7 +19322,7 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
         appendText(&s, "||'.'||name FROM ", 0);
       }
       appendText(&s, zDbName, '"');
-      appendText(&s, ".sqlite_master ", 0);
+      appendText(&s, ".sqlite_schema ", 0);
       if( c=='t' ){
         appendText(&s," WHERE type IN ('table','view')"
                       "   AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'"
@@ -18543,7 +19814,11 @@ static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
   if( c=='w' && strncmp(azArg[0], "width", n)==0 ){
     int j;
     assert( nArg<=ArraySize(azArg) );
-    for(j=1; j<nArg && j<ArraySize(p->colWidth); j++){
+    p->nWidth = nArg-1;
+    p->colWidth = realloc(p->colWidth, p->nWidth*sizeof(int)*2);
+    if( p->colWidth==0 && p->nWidth>0 ) shell_out_of_memory();
+    if( p->nWidth ) p->actualWidth = &p->colWidth[p->nWidth];
+    for(j=1; j<nArg; j++){
       p->colWidth[j-1] = (int)integerValue(azArg[j]);
     }
   }else
@@ -18888,6 +20163,7 @@ static const char zOptions[] =
   "   -ascii               set output mode to 'ascii'\n"
   "   -bail                stop after hitting an error\n"
   "   -batch               force batch I/O\n"
+  "   -box                 set output mode to 'box'\n"
   "   -column              set output mode to 'column'\n"
   "   -cmd COMMAND         run \"COMMAND\" before reading stdin\n"
   "   -csv                 set output mode to 'csv'\n"
@@ -18903,9 +20179,11 @@ static const char zOptions[] =
   "   -help                show this message\n"
   "   -html                set output mode to HTML\n"
   "   -interactive         force interactive I/O\n"
+  "   -json                set output mode to 'json'\n"
   "   -line                set output mode to 'line'\n"
   "   -list                set output mode to 'list'\n"
   "   -lookaside SIZE N    use N entries of SZ bytes for lookaside memory\n"
+  "   -markdown            set output mode to 'markdown'\n"
 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE)
   "   -maxsize N           maximum size for a --deserialize database\n"
 #endif
@@ -18925,6 +20203,7 @@ static const char zOptions[] =
   "   -sorterref SIZE      sorter references threshold size\n"
 #endif
   "   -stats               print memory stats before each finalize\n"
+  "   -table               set output mode to 'table'\n"
   "   -version             show SQLite version\n"
   "   -vfs NAME            use NAME as the default VFS\n"
 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
@@ -19326,6 +20605,14 @@ int SQLITE_CDECL wmain(int argc, wchar_t **wargv){
       data.mode = MODE_Line;
     }else if( strcmp(z,"-column")==0 ){
       data.mode = MODE_Column;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-json")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Json;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-markdown")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Markdown;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-table")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Table;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-box")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Box;
     }else if( strcmp(z,"-csv")==0 ){
       data.mode = MODE_Csv;
       memcpy(data.colSeparator,",",2);
@@ -19543,6 +20830,7 @@ int SQLITE_CDECL wmain(int argc, wchar_t **wargv){
   for(i=0; i<argcToFree; i++) free(argvToFree[i]);
   free(argvToFree);
 #endif
+  free(data.colWidth);
   /* Clear the global data structure so that valgrind will detect memory
   ** leaks */
   memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data));
diff --git a/sqlite3.c b/sqlite3.c
index 50e256445b64..a82744931c0b 100644
--- a/sqlite3.c
+++ b/sqlite3.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /******************************************************************************
 ** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
-** version 3.32.3.  By combining all the individual C code files into this
+** version 3.33.0.  By combining all the individual C code files into this
 ** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
 ** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
 ** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 #define CTIMEOPT_VAL2(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL2_(opt)
 
 /*
-** An array of names of all compile-time options.  This array should 
+** An array of names of all compile-time options.  This array should
 ** be sorted A-Z.
 **
 ** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses
@@ -71,8 +71,8 @@
 */
 static const char * const sqlite3azCompileOpt[] = {
 
-/* 
-** BEGIN CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl 
+/*
+** BEGIN CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl
 */
 #if SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
   "32BIT_ROWID",
@@ -774,8 +774,8 @@ static const char * const sqlite3azCompileOpt[] = {
 #if SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
   "ZERO_MALLOC",
 #endif
-/* 
-** END CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl 
+/*
+** END CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl
 */
 };
 
@@ -825,10 +825,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char **sqlite3CompileOptions(int *pnOpt){
 **
 **    PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD  - This branch prevents a buffer overread
 **                                  that would be harmless and undetectable
-**                                  if it did occur.  
+**                                  if it did occur.
 **
 ** In all cases, the special comment must be enclosed in the usual
-** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the 
+** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the
 ** asterisks and the comment text.
 */
 
@@ -1000,6 +1000,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char **sqlite3CompileOptions(int *pnOpt){
 #endif
 
 /*
+** Macro to disable warnings about missing "break" at the end of a "case".
+*/
+#if GCC_VERSION>=7000000
+# define deliberate_fall_through __attribute__((fallthrough));
+#else
+# define deliberate_fall_through
+#endif
+
+/*
 ** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its
 ** version information, among other things.  Normally, this internal MinGW
 ** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header
@@ -1147,7 +1156,7 @@ extern "C" {
 ** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
 ** and Z will be reset to zero.
 **
-** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), 
+** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]),
 ** SQLite source code has been stored in the
 ** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
 ** system</a>.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
@@ -1162,9 +1171,9 @@ extern "C" {
 ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
 ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
 */
-#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.32.3"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3032003
-#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2020-06-18 14:00:33 7ebdfa80be8e8e73324b8d66b3460222eb74c7e9dfd655b48d6ca7e1933cc8fd"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.33.0"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3033000
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2020-08-14 13:23:32 fca8dc8b578f215a969cd899336378966156154710873e68b3d9ac5881b0ff3f"
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
@@ -1190,8 +1199,8 @@ extern "C" {
 ** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
 ** direct access to string constants within the DLL.  ^The
 ** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns 
-** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the 
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns
+** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
 ** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.  Except if SQLite is built
 ** using an edited copy of [the amalgamation], then the last four characters
 ** of the hash might be different from [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID].)^
@@ -1206,20 +1215,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
 **
-** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 
-** indicating whether the specified option was defined at 
-** compile time.  ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the 
-** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().  
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1
+** indicating whether the specified option was defined at
+** compile time.  ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the
+** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
 ** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
 ** returning the N-th compile time option string.  ^If N is out of range,
-** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer.  ^The SQLITE_ 
-** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by 
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer.  ^The SQLITE_
+** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by
 ** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
 **
 ** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
-** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the 
+** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the
 ** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
 **
 ** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
@@ -1243,7 +1252,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
 ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
 ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
 ** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0,
 ** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
 ** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
 **
@@ -1300,14 +1309,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
 ** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
-** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
+** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values
 ** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
 */
 #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
   typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
 # ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE
     typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
-# else  
+# else
     typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
 # endif
 #elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
@@ -1339,7 +1348,7 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
 ** resources are deallocated.
 **
 ** Ideally, applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all
-** [prepared statements], [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
+** [prepared statements], [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and
 ** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
 ** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.
 ** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
@@ -1383,7 +1392,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
 ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
 ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
 ** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
-** without having to use a lot of C code. 
+** without having to use a lot of C code.
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
 ** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
@@ -1423,7 +1432,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
 ** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
 **
 ** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
-** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
+** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or
 ** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
 ** is not changed.
 **
@@ -1603,7 +1612,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
 #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
 #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
 #define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL    0x00004000  /* VFS only */
 #define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
 #define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
 #define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
@@ -1612,6 +1621,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
 #define SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW         0x01000000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
 
 /* Reserved:                         0x00F00000 */
+/* Legacy compatibility: */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
+
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
@@ -1708,7 +1720,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
 **
-** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
+** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the
 ** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
 ** implementations will
 ** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
@@ -1730,7 +1742,7 @@ struct sqlite3_file {
 ** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
 ** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
 **
-** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element 
+** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
 ** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
 ** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed.  The
 ** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
@@ -1880,7 +1892,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
 ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
 ** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
-** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should 
+** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should
 ** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
 ** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
 ** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
@@ -1903,24 +1915,24 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
 ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
 ** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
-** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked 
-** because the user has configured SQLite with 
-** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place 
+** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked
+** because the user has configured SQLite with
+** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place
 ** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
 ** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
 ** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
-** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that 
-** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications 
-** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may 
-** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
+** string containing the transactions super-journal file name. VFSes that
+** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications
+** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may
+** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
 **
 ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
 ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
 ** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
 ** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
 ** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the 
-** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the
+** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.
 **
 ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
 ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
@@ -1968,13 +1980,13 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
 ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
 ** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
-** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current 
+** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current
 ** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
 **
 ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
 ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
 ** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack.  The names are of all VFS shims and the
-** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from 
+** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from
 ** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
 ** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
 ** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done.  As with
@@ -1993,7 +2005,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 ** upper-most shim only.
 **
 ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
-** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] 
+** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
 ** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
 ** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
 ** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
@@ -2004,7 +2016,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 ** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
 ** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
 ** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
-** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal 
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal
 ** [PRAGMA] processing continues.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
 ** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
 ** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
@@ -2044,7 +2056,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 ** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
 ** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map.  The
 ** pointer is overwritten with the old value.  The limit is not changed if
-** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit 
+** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit
 ** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number.  This
 ** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
 **
@@ -2088,7 +2100,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]]
 ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by
 ** the RBU extension only.  All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for
-** this opcode.  
+** this opcode.
 **
 ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]]
 ** If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode returns SQLITE_OK, then
@@ -2105,7 +2117,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 **
 ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]]
 ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write
-** operations since the previous successful call to 
+** operations since the previous successful call to
 ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be performed atomically.
 ** This file control returns [SQLITE_OK] if and only if the writes were
 ** all performed successfully and have been committed to persistent storage.
@@ -2117,7 +2129,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 **
 ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE]]
 ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write
-** operations since the previous successful call to 
+** operations since the previous successful call to
 ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back.
 ** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode
 ** so that all subsequent write operations are independent.
@@ -2126,8 +2138,8 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 **
 ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]]
 ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode is used to configure a VFS
-** to block for up to M milliseconds before failing when attempting to 
-** obtain a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS. 
+** to block for up to M milliseconds before failing when attempting to
+** obtain a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS.
 ** The parameter is a pointer to a 32-bit signed integer that contains
 ** the value that M is to be set to. Before returning, the 32-bit signed
 ** integer is overwritten with the previous value of M.
@@ -2285,14 +2297,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
 ** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
 ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
 ** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
-** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  ^Whenever the 
+** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  ^Whenever the
 ** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
 ** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
 **
 ** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
 ** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
 ** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. 
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE].
 ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
 ** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
 **
@@ -2306,7 +2318,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
 ** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
 ** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
 ** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL]
 ** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
 ** </ul>)^
 **
@@ -2334,10 +2346,10 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
 ** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
 ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
 ** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
-** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the 
+** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the
 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
 ** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
-** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened 
+** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened
 ** for exclusive access.
 **
 ** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
@@ -2361,7 +2373,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
 ** non-zero error code if there is an I/O error or if the name of
 ** the file given in the second argument is illegal.  If SQLITE_OK
 ** is returned, then non-zero or zero is written into *pResOut to indicate
-** whether or not the file is accessible.  
+** whether or not the file is accessible.
 **
 ** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
 ** output buffer xFullPathname.  The exact size of the output buffer
@@ -2381,16 +2393,16 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
 ** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
 ** a floating point value.
 ** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
-** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in 
-** a 24-hour day).  
+** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in
+** a 24-hour day).
 ** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
-** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or 
+** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or
 ** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
 ** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
 **
 ** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
 ** are not used by the SQLite core.  These optional interfaces are provided
-** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding 
+** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding
 ** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
 ** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
 ** or impossible to induce.  The set of system calls that can be overridden
@@ -2437,7 +2449,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs {
   /*
   ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
   ** New fields may be appended in future versions.  The iVersion
-  ** value will increment whenever this happens. 
+  ** value will increment whenever this happens.
   */
 };
 
@@ -2481,7 +2493,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs {
 ** </ul>
 **
 ** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
-** was given on the corresponding lock.  
+** was given on the corresponding lock.
 **
 ** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
 ** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE.  It cannot transition between SHARED
@@ -2626,7 +2638,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
 ** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
 **
 ** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
-** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code 
+** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code
 ** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
 ** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
 **
@@ -2644,7 +2656,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
 ** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
 ** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
 ** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].
 ** By creating an instance of this object
 ** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
 ** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
@@ -2674,7 +2686,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
 ** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
 ** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
 ** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
-** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
+** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0,
 ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
 **
 ** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  For example,
@@ -2684,7 +2696,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
 ** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
 ** xInit and xShutdown.
 **
-** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
+** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN] mutex when it invokes
 ** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
 ** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
 ** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
@@ -2732,7 +2744,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** by a single thread.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
 ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
 ** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
-** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return 
+** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return
 ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
 ** configuration option.</dd>
 **
@@ -2767,7 +2779,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is 
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is
 ** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
 ** The argument specifies
 ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
@@ -2818,7 +2830,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
 ** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool
 ** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page
-** cache implementation.  
+** cache implementation.
 ** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-defined page
 ** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2].
 ** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to
@@ -2846,7 +2858,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** additional cache line. </dd>
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
-** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer 
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer
 ** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs
 ** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
 ** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled
@@ -2901,7 +2913,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
-** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is 
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is
 ** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies
 ** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^
 ** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd>
@@ -2915,7 +2927,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
 ** global [error log].
 ** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
-** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), 
+** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*),
 ** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
 ** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event.  ^If the
 ** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
@@ -3024,7 +3036,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]]
 ** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL
 ** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which
-** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold.  
+** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold.
 ** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes)
 ** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk.
 ** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held
@@ -3046,7 +3058,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** than the configured sorter-reference size threshold - then a reference
 ** is stored in each sorted record and the required column values loaded
 ** from the database as records are returned in sorted order. The default
-** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a 
+** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a
 ** negative value for this option restores the default behaviour.
 ** This option is only available if SQLite is compiled with the
 ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES] compile-time option.
@@ -3074,7 +3086,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
 #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
 #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
+/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */
 #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
 #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
 #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
@@ -3109,7 +3121,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** <dl>
 ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
 ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
+** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the
 ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
 ** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
 ** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
@@ -3127,7 +3139,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** when the "current value" returned by
 ** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
 ** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
-** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns 
+** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns
 ** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY]]
@@ -3204,11 +3216,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** until after the database connection closes.
 ** </dd>
 **
-** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]] 
+** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]]
 ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt>
-** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a 
-** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no 
-** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint 
+** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a
+** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no
+** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint
 ** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to
 ** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation
 ** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the
@@ -3227,7 +3239,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** slower.  But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior.  With
 ** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as
 ** was used during testing in the lab.
-** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable 
+** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable
 ** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting
 ** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
 ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled
@@ -3235,15 +3247,15 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** </dd>
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt>
-** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not 
+** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not
 ** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This
 ** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this
 ** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer -
 ** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it,
 ** or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
-** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written 
-** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if 
-** it is not disabled, 1 if it is.  
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written
+** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if
+** it is not disabled, 1 if it is.
 ** </dd>
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE</dt>
@@ -3257,7 +3269,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 **      database, or calling sqlite3_table_column_metadata(), ignoring any
 **      errors.  This step is only necessary if the application desires to keep
 **      the database in WAL mode after the reset if it was in WAL mode before
-**      the reset.  
+**      the reset.
 ** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 1, 0);
 ** <li> [sqlite3_exec](db, "[VACUUM]", 0, 0, 0);
 ** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 0, 0);
@@ -3269,7 +3281,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE</dt>
 ** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE option activates or deactivates the
 ** "defensive" flag for a database connection.  When the defensive
-** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to 
+** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to
 ** deliberately corrupt the database file are disabled.  The disabled
 ** features include but are not limited to the following:
 ** <ul>
@@ -3284,7 +3296,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA option activates or deactivates the
 ** "writable_schema" flag. This has the same effect and is logically equivalent
 ** to setting [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] or [PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF].
-** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable 
+** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable
 ** the writable_schema, positive to enable writable_schema, or negative to
 ** leave the setting unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an
 ** integer into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the writable_schema
@@ -3322,14 +3334,13 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA]]
 ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA</td>
 ** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option tells SQLite to
-** assume that database schemas (the contents of the [sqlite_master] tables)
-** are untainted by malicious content.
+** assume that database schemas are untainted by malicious content.
 ** When the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option is disabled, SQLite
 ** takes additional defensive steps to protect the application from harm
 ** including:
 ** <ul>
 ** <li> Prohibit the use of SQL functions inside triggers, views,
-** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes, 
+** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes,
 ** partial indexes, or generated columns
 ** unless those functions are tagged with [SQLITE_INNOCUOUS].
 ** <li> Prohibit the use of virtual tables inside of triggers or views
@@ -3350,7 +3361,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
 ** any SQLite version back to 3.0.0 ([dateof:3.0.0]).  Without this setting,
 ** newly created databases are generally not understandable by SQLite versions
 ** prior to 3.3.0 ([dateof:3.3.0]).  As these words are written, there
-** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible 
+** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible
 ** all the way back to version 3.0.0, and so this setting is of little
 ** practical use, but is provided so that SQLite can continue to claim the
 ** ability to generate new database files that are compatible with  version
@@ -3408,8 +3419,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
 ** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of
 ** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
 ** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not
-** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred 
-** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns 
+** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred
+** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns
 ** zero.
 **
 ** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database
@@ -3419,15 +3430,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
 ** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as
 ** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory
 ** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid
-** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to 
+** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to
 ** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid
-** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original 
-** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning 
+** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original
+** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning
 ** control to the user.
 **
-** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will 
-** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is 
-** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned 
+** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will
+** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is
+** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned
 ** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^
 **
 ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
@@ -3460,7 +3471,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
 ** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to
-** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R 
+** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R
 ** without inserting a row into the database.
 */
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64);
@@ -3476,37 +3487,37 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64);
 ** returned by this function.
 **
 ** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are
-** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], 
+** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers],
 ** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted.
-** 
-** Changes to a view that are intercepted by 
-** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value 
-** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or 
-** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real 
+**
+** Changes to a view that are intercepted by
+** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value
+** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or
+** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real
 ** tables are counted.
 **
 ** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is
 ** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the
 ** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback
 ** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially:
-** 
+**
 ** <ul>
 **   <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by
-**        sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program 
+**        sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program
 **        has finished, the original value is restored.)^
-** 
-**   <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE 
-**        statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() 
-**        upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include 
-**        any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() 
+**
+**   <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE
+**        statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes()
+**        upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include
+**        any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes()
 **        value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^
 ** </ul>
-** 
+**
 ** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used
-** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it 
+** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it
 ** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing.
-** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger 
-** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the 
+** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger
+** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the
 ** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger.
 **
 ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
@@ -3532,10 +3543,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
 ** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as
 ** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement
 ** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes().
-** 
+**
 ** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the
 ** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are
-** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers 
+** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers
 ** are not counted.
 **
 ** The [sqlite3_total_changes(D)] interface only reports the number
@@ -3544,7 +3555,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
 ** To detect changes against a database file from other database
 ** connections use the [PRAGMA data_version] command or the
 ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control].
-** 
+**
 ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
 ** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
 ** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
@@ -3586,7 +3597,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
 ** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  ^Any new SQL statements
-** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the
 ** running statement count reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
 ** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  ^New SQL statements
 ** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
@@ -3618,7 +3629,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
 ** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
 ** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
 **
-** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
+** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior
 ** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
 ** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
 ** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
@@ -3663,7 +3674,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
 ** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
 ** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
 ** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** to the application instead of invoking the 
+** to the application instead of invoking the
 ** busy handler.
 ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
 ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
@@ -3688,7 +3699,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
 ** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  In other words,
 ** the busy handler is not reentrant.  Any such actions
 ** result in undefined behavior.
-** 
+**
 ** A busy handler must not close the database connection
 ** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
 */
@@ -3806,7 +3817,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
 ** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
 ** from the standard C library.
 ** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from
-** the standard library printf() 
+** the standard library printf()
 ** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]).
 ** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details.
 **
@@ -4002,7 +4013,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
 ** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
 ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
 ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
-** access is denied. 
+** access is denied.
 **
 ** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
 ** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
@@ -4055,7 +4066,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
 ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
 **
 ** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
-** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
+** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a
 ** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
 ** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
 **
@@ -4203,7 +4214,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
 ** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each
 ** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the
 ** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which
-** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment 
+** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment
 ** that indicates the invocation of a trigger.  ^The callback can compute
 ** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()]
 ** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking
@@ -4219,7 +4230,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_ROW</dt>
 ** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared
-** statement generates a single row of result.  
+** statement generates a single row of result.
 ** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the
 ** X argument is unused.
 **
@@ -4246,10 +4257,10 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
 ** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of
 ** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants.
 **
-** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides 
+** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides
 ** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2().
 **
-** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by 
+** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by
 ** mask M occur.  ^The integer return value from the callback is currently
 ** ignored, though this may change in future releases.  Callback
 ** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility.
@@ -4281,8 +4292,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2(
 ** database connection D.  An example use for this
 ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
 **
-** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the 
-** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the approximate number of 
+** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the
+** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the approximate number of
 ** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
 ** invocations of the callback X.  ^If N is less than one then the progress
 ** handler is disabled.
@@ -4309,7 +4320,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
 ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3
 **
-** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
+** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the
 ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
 ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
 ** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
@@ -4428,17 +4439,17 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 ** information.
 **
 ** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
-** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
-** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
-** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if 
+** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string
+** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an
+** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if
 ** present, is ignored.
 **
 ** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
-** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, 
-** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
+** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character,
+** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin
 ** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
-** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
-** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
+** then the path is interpreted as a relative path.
+** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path
 ** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^
 **
 ** [[core URI query parameters]]
@@ -4458,13 +4469,13 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 **
 **   <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
 **     "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
-**     an error)^. 
-**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only 
-**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the 
-**     third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to 
-**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) 
-**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had 
-**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both 
+**     an error)^.
+**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only
+**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the
+**     third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to
+**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create)
+**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had
+**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both
 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  ^If the mode option is
 **     set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
 **     or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
@@ -4474,7 +4485,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 **   <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
 **     "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
 **     SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
-**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is 
+**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is
 **     equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
 **     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
 **     a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
@@ -4500,7 +4511,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 **     property on a database file that does in fact change can result
 **     in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
 **     See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
-**       
+**
 ** </ul>
 **
 ** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
@@ -4512,36 +4523,36 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 **
 ** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
 ** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
-** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> 
+** <tr><td> file:data.db <td>
 **          Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
 ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
-**          file:///home/fred/data.db <br> 
-**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> 
+**          file:///home/fred/data.db <br>
+**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td>
 **          Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
-** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> 
+** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td>
 **          An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
-** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> 
+** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap">
 **          file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
 **     <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
-**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly 
+**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly
 **          necessary - space characters can be used literally
 **          in URI filenames.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> 
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td>
 **          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
 **          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
 **          default, use a private cache.
 ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
 **          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
 **          that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
-** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> 
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td>
 **          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
 ** </table>
 **
 ** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
 ** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
-** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits 
+** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits
 ** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
-** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all 
+** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all
 ** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
 ** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
 ** the results are undefined.
@@ -4577,7 +4588,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
 ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
 **
 ** These are utility routines, useful to [VFS|custom VFS implementations],
-** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
+** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
 ** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
 **
 ** The first parameter to these interfaces (hereafter referred to
@@ -4595,7 +4606,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
 ** If F is a suitable filename (as described in the previous paragraph)
 ** and if P is the name of the query parameter, then
 ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
-** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a 
+** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a
 ** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F and it
 ** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
 ** a pointer to an empty string.
@@ -4604,7 +4615,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
 ** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
 ** of P.  The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
 ** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
-** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The 
+** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The
 ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
 ** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
 ** if the value begins with a numeric zero.  If P is not a query
@@ -4622,7 +4633,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
 ** parameters minus 1.  The N value is zero-based so N should be 0 to obtain
 ** the name of the first query parameter, 1 for the second parameter, and
 ** so forth.
-** 
+**
 ** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
 ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B.  If F is not a NULL pointer and
 ** is not a database file pathname pointer that the SQLite core passed
@@ -4679,14 +4690,14 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_wal(const char*);
 ** CAPI3REF:  Database File Corresponding To A Journal
 **
 ** ^If X is the name of a rollback or WAL-mode journal file that is
-** passed into the xOpen method of [sqlite3_vfs], then 
+** passed into the xOpen method of [sqlite3_vfs], then
 ** sqlite3_database_file_object(X) returns a pointer to the [sqlite3_file]
 ** object that represents the main database file.
 **
 ** This routine is intended for use in custom [VFS] implementations
 ** only.  It is not a general-purpose interface.
 ** The argument sqlite3_file_object(X) must be a filename pointer that
-** has been passed into [sqlite3_vfs].xOpen method where the 
+** has been passed into [sqlite3_vfs].xOpen method where the
 ** flags parameter to xOpen contains one of the bits
 ** [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] or [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL].  Any other use
 ** of this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable
@@ -4709,7 +4720,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char*);
 ** <li> [sqlite3_uri_parameter()],
 ** <li> [sqlite3_uri_boolean()],
 ** <li> [sqlite3_uri_int64()],
-** <li> [sqlite3_uri_key()], 
+** <li> [sqlite3_uri_key()],
 ** <li> [sqlite3_filename_database()],
 ** <li> [sqlite3_filename_journal()], or
 ** <li> [sqlite3_filename_wal()].
@@ -4733,7 +4744,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char*);
 ** If the Y parameter to sqlite3_free_filename(Y) is anything other
 ** than a NULL pointer or a pointer previously acquired from
 ** sqlite3_create_filename(), then bad things such as heap
-** corruption or segfaults may occur. The value Y should be 
+** corruption or segfaults may occur. The value Y should be
 ** used again after sqlite3_free_filename(Y) has been called.  This means
 ** that if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen()] method of a VFS has been called using Y,
 ** then the corresponding [sqlite3_module.xClose() method should also be
@@ -4752,12 +4763,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_filename(char*);
 ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
 ** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
-** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with 
+** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with
 ** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface
 ** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that
 ** API call.
 ** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
-** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the
 ** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
 ** disabled.
 **
@@ -4814,7 +4825,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);
 ** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated.
 **
 ** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program.  The
-** original SQL text is source code.  A prepared statement object 
+** original SQL text is source code.  A prepared statement object
 ** is the compiled object code.  All SQL must be converted into a
 ** prepared statement before it can be run.
 **
@@ -4844,7 +4855,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
 ** new limit for that construct.)^
 **
 ** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a 
+** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a
 ** [limits | hard upper bound]
 ** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
 ** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
@@ -4852,7 +4863,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
 ** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
 ** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
 **
-** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the 
+** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the
 ** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
 ** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
 ** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
@@ -4957,7 +4968,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 ** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag is a hint to the query planner
 ** that the prepared statement will be retained for a long time and
 ** probably reused many times.)^ ^Without this flag, [sqlite3_prepare_v3()]
-** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will 
+** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will
 ** be used just once or at most a few times and then destroyed using
 ** [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon. The current implementation acts
 ** on this hint by avoiding the use of [lookaside memory] so as not to
@@ -5064,12 +5075,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 ** </li>
 **
 ** <li>
-** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the 
+** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the
 ** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
-** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been 
+** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been
 ** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
-** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
-** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
+** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter].
+** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the
 ** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
 ** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
 ** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4] compile-time option is enabled.
@@ -5178,8 +5189,8 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** the content of the database file.
 **
 ** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
-** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
-** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that 
+** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.
+** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that
 ** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
 ** change the database file through side-effects:
 **
@@ -5193,10 +5204,10 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
 ** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
 ** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
-** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the 
+** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the
 ** database.  ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
 ** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
-** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
+** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make
 ** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
 ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since
 ** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and
@@ -5222,18 +5233,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
-** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
+** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using
 ** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned
 ** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor
 ** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
-** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
+** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a
 ** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
 ** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
 **
 ** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
-** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
+** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database
 ** connection that are in need of being reset.  This can be used,
-** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared 
+** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared
 ** statements that are holding a transaction open.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
@@ -5252,7 +5263,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
 ** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
 ** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
 ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.  The
-** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new 
+** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new
 ** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value.
 **
 ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
@@ -5260,7 +5271,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
 ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
 ** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
 ** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
-** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
+** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes
 ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
 ** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
 ** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
@@ -5349,7 +5360,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 ** found in first character, which is removed, or in the absence of a BOM
 ** the byte order is the native byte order of the host
 ** machine for sqlite3_bind_text16() or the byte order specified in
-** the 6th parameter for sqlite3_bind_text64().)^ 
+** the 6th parameter for sqlite3_bind_text64().)^
 ** ^If UTF16 input text contains invalid unicode
 ** characters, then SQLite might change those invalid characters
 ** into the unicode replacement character: U+FFFD.
@@ -5366,7 +5377,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 ** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then
 ** that parameter must be the byte offset
 ** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
-** terminated.  If any NUL characters occurs at byte offsets less than 
+** terminated.  If any NUL characters occurs at byte offsets less than
 ** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
 ** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
 ** with embedded NULs is undefined.
@@ -5528,7 +5539,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
 ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
 **
 ** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
-** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the 
+** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the
 ** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]).
 ** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not
 ** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned.  ^A SELECT statement
@@ -5710,7 +5721,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 ** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
 ** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
 ** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
-** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using 
+** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using
 ** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
 ** sqlite3_step().  But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1],
 ** sqlite3_step() began
@@ -5801,7 +5812,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_int64</b><td>&rarr;<td>64-bit INTEGER result
 ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text</b><td>&rarr;<td>UTF-8 TEXT result
 ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text16</b><td>&rarr;<td>UTF-16 TEXT result
-** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>&rarr;<td>The result as an 
+** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>&rarr;<td>The result as an
 ** [sqlite3_value|unprotected sqlite3_value] object.
 ** <tr><td>&nbsp;<td>&nbsp;<td>&nbsp;
 ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_bytes</b><td>&rarr;<td>Size of a BLOB
@@ -5849,7 +5860,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** The return value of sqlite3_column_type() can be used to decide which
 ** of the first six interface should be used to extract the column value.
 ** The value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no
-** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question.  
+** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question.
 ** After a type conversion, the result of calling sqlite3_column_type()
 ** is undefined, though harmless.  Future
 ** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
@@ -5877,7 +5888,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** the number of bytes in that string.
 ** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
 **
-** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and 
+** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and
 ** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
 ** of the string.  ^For clarity: the values returned by
 ** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
@@ -5896,7 +5907,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
 ** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe.
 ** Hence, the sqlite3_column_value() interface
-** is normally only useful within the implementation of 
+** is normally only useful within the implementation of
 ** [application-defined SQL functions] or [virtual tables], not within
 ** top-level application code.
 **
@@ -6071,8 +6082,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
 ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
 ** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between
-** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding 
-** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being 
+** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding
+** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being
 ** created) and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
 ** the application data pointer. Function sqlite3_create_window_function()
 ** is similar, but allows the user to supply the extra callback functions
@@ -6086,7 +6097,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
 ** redefined.  ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
 ** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator.  ^Note that the name
-** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.  
+** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.
 ** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
 ** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
 **
@@ -6101,7 +6112,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
 ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
 ** its parameters.  The application should set this parameter to
-** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes 
+** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes
 ** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
 ** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
 ** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
@@ -6128,7 +6139,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** For best security, the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] flag is recommended for
 ** all application-defined SQL functions that do not need to be
 ** used inside of triggers, view, CHECK constraints, or other elements of
-** the database schema.  This flags is especially recommended for SQL 
+** the database schema.  This flags is especially recommended for SQL
 ** functions that have side effects or reveal internal application state.
 ** Without this flag, an attacker might be able to modify the schema of
 ** a database file to include invocations of the function with parameters
@@ -6149,21 +6160,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
 ** callbacks.
 **
-** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue 
+** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue
 ** and xInverse) passed to sqlite3_create_window_function are pointers to
 ** C-language callbacks that implement the new function. xStep and xFinal
 ** must both be non-NULL. xValue and xInverse may either both be NULL, in
-** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be 
+** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be
 ** non-NULL, in which case the new function may be used as either an aggregate
 ** or aggregate window function. More details regarding the implementation
-** of aggregate window functions are 
+** of aggregate window functions are
 ** [user-defined window functions|available here].
 **
 ** ^(If the final parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() or
 ** sqlite3_create_window_function() is not NULL, then it is destructor for
-** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function 
-** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection 
-** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to 
+** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function
+** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection
+** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
 ** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.  ^When the destructor callback is
 ** invoked, it is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application
 ** data pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
@@ -6176,7 +6187,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
 ** a negative nArg.  ^A function where the preferred text encoding
 ** matches the database encoding is a better
-** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
+** match than a function where the encoding is different.
 ** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
 ** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
 ** between UTF8 and UTF16.
@@ -6248,7 +6259,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function(
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
 **
-** These constants may be ORed together with the 
+** These constants may be ORed together with the
 ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
 ** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
 ** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
@@ -6264,10 +6275,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function(
 ** SQLite might also optimize deterministic functions by factoring them
 ** out of inner loops.
 ** </dd>
-** 
+**
 ** [[SQLITE_DIRECTONLY]] <dt>SQLITE_DIRECTONLY</dt><dd>
 ** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag means that the function may only be invoked
-** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in 
+** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in
 ** schema structures such as [CHECK constraints], [DEFAULT clauses],
 ** [expression indexes], [partial indexes], or [generated columns].
 ** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flags is a security feature which is recommended
@@ -6320,7 +6331,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function(
 ** DEPRECATED
 **
 ** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
-** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
+** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue
 ** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
 ** the use of these functions.  To encourage programmers to avoid
 ** these functions, we will not explain what they do.
@@ -6388,11 +6399,11 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6
 ** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
 ** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
 **
-** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized 
+** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized
 ** using [sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,X,D)] or [sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,X,D)]
 ** and if X and Y are strings that compare equal according to strcmp(X,Y),
 ** then sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) will return the pointer P.  ^Otherwise,
-** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() 
+** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer()
 ** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0.
 **
 ** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the
@@ -6515,7 +6526,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*);
 ** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
 ** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
 **
-** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
+** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called
 ** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite allocates
 ** N bytes of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
 ** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
@@ -6528,7 +6539,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*);
 ** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
 ** first time from within xFinal().)^
 **
-** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer 
+** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer
 ** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
 ** allocate error occurs.
 **
@@ -6537,10 +6548,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*);
 ** value of N in any subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
 ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
 ** allocation.)^  Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
-** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no 
+** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no
 ** pointless memory allocations occur.
 **
-** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by 
+** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by
 ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
 **
 ** The first parameter must be a copy of the
@@ -6590,7 +6601,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
 ** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved.  An example
 ** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
 ** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
-** metadata associated with the pattern string.  
+** metadata associated with the pattern string.
 ** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
 ** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
 ** invocations of the same function.
@@ -6616,10 +6627,10 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
 **      SQL statement)^, or
 ** <li> ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same
 **       parameter)^, or
-** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory 
+** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory
 **      allocation error occurs.)^ </ul>
 **
-** Note the last bullet in particular.  The destructor X in 
+** Note the last bullet in particular.  The destructor X in
 ** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
 ** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns.  Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
 ** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
@@ -6792,7 +6803,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,T,D) interface sets the result to an
 ** SQL NULL value, just like [sqlite3_result_null(C)], except that it
-** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that 
+** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that
 ** NULL value such that the pointer can be retrieved within an
 ** [application-defined SQL function] using [sqlite3_value_pointer()].
 ** ^If the D parameter is not NULL, then it is a pointer to a destructor
@@ -6834,8 +6845,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n);
 ** METHOD: sqlite3_context
 **
 ** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of
-** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with 
-** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T.  Only the lower 8 bits 
+** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with
+** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T.  Only the lower 8 bits
 ** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite;
 ** higher order bits are discarded.
 ** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase
@@ -6882,7 +6893,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int);
 ** deleted.  ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
 ** that collation is no longer usable.
 **
-** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg 
+** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg
 ** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
 ** by the eTextRep argument.  The two integer parameters to the collating
 ** function callback are the length of the two strings, in bytes. The collating
@@ -6913,36 +6924,36 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int);
 ** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
 ** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
 **
-** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the 
+** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the
 ** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails.  Applications that invoke
-** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should 
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should
 ** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
 ** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
-** This is different from every other SQLite interface.  The inconsistency 
-** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards 
+** This is different from every other SQLite interface.  The inconsistency
+** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards
 ** compatibility.
 **
 ** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
+  sqlite3*,
+  const char *zName,
+  int eTextRep,
   void *pArg,
   int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
 );
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
+  sqlite3*,
+  const char *zName,
+  int eTextRep,
   void *pArg,
   int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
   void(*xDestroy)(void*)
 );
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
-  sqlite3*, 
+  sqlite3*,
   const void *zName,
-  int eTextRep, 
+  int eTextRep,
   void *pArg,
   int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
 );
@@ -6975,19 +6986,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
 ** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void*, 
+  sqlite3*,
+  void*,
   void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
 );
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
-  sqlite3*, 
+  sqlite3*,
   void*,
   void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
 );
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
 /*
-** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database.  Unless 
+** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database.  Unless
 ** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
 */
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
@@ -7043,7 +7054,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
 ** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
 ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
 ** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
 ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
 ** using [sqlite3_free].
 ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
@@ -7100,7 +7111,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
 ** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
 ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
 ** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
-** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
 ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
 ** using [sqlite3_free].
 ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
@@ -7313,7 +7324,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
 ** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
 **
 ** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
-** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
+** modified (i.e. sqlite_sequence).)^
 ** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
 **
 ** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
@@ -7339,7 +7350,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
 ** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces.
 */
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
-  sqlite3*, 
+  sqlite3*,
   void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
   void*
 );
@@ -7353,7 +7364,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
 ** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
 **
 ** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
-** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). 
+** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]).
 ** In prior versions of SQLite,
 ** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
 **
@@ -7374,8 +7385,8 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
 ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag.
 **
 ** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0
-** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, 
-** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via 
+** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems,
+** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via
 ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE].
 **
 ** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
@@ -7428,7 +7439,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);
 ** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
 ** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
 ** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
-** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error.  In other words, the soft heap limit 
+** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error.  In other words, the soft heap limit
 ** is advisory only.
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) interface sets a hard upper bound of
@@ -7544,7 +7555,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
 **
 ** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
 **
-** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table 
+** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table
 ** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an
 ** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
 ** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
@@ -7610,7 +7621,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
 ** prior to calling this API,
 ** otherwise an error will be returned.
 **
-** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the 
+** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the
 ** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this
 ** interface.  The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface
 ** should be avoided.  This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()]
@@ -7697,7 +7708,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void));
 ** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
 ** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
 ** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)].  ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
-** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully 
+** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully
 ** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
 ** routines.
 */
@@ -7732,8 +7743,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
 ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
 ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
 **
-** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", 
-** defines the implementation of a [virtual table].  
+** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module",
+** defines the implementation of a [virtual table].
 ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
 **
 ** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
@@ -7772,7 +7783,7 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
                        void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
                        void **ppArg);
   int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
-  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those 
+  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those
   ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
   int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
   int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
@@ -7822,7 +7833,7 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
 ** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column
 ** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also
 ** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression
-** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to 
+** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to
 ** non-zero.
 **
 ** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
@@ -7849,17 +7860,17 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
 **
 ** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
 ** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
-** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) 
+** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N)
 ** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
 ** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
 **
 ** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
 ** will be returned by the strategy.
 **
-** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a 
+** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a
 ** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag -
 ** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite
-** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. 
+** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row.
 **
 ** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then
 ** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as
@@ -7872,14 +7883,14 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
 ** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite.
 **
 ** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
-** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). 
+** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]).
 ** If a virtual table extension is
-** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting 
-** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely 
+** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting
+** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely
 ** to include crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
 ** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
 ** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field
-** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). 
+** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]).
 ** It may therefore only be used if
 ** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to
 ** 3009000.
@@ -7919,7 +7930,7 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info {
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags
 **
-** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the 
+** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the
 ** [sqlite3_index_info].idxFlags field to some combination of
 ** these bits.
 */
@@ -7959,7 +7970,7 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info {
 ** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
 **
 ** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
-** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the 
+** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the
 ** second parameter.  ^The third parameter is a pointer to
 ** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   ^The fourth
 ** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
@@ -8074,7 +8085,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
 ** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
 ** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
-** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
+** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].
 ** But global versions of those functions
 ** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
 **
@@ -8125,7 +8136,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
 **     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
 ** </pre>)^
 **
-** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but 
+** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but
 ** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is
 ** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement.
 ** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP
@@ -8138,28 +8149,28 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
 ** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored
 ** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error
 ** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided
-** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] 
+** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()]
 ** on *ppBlob after this function it returns.
 **
 ** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true:
 ** <ul>
-**   <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, 
-**   <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, 
-**   <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, 
+**   <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^,
+**   <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^,
+**   <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^,
 **   <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^,
 **   <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^,
 **   <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not
 **         a TEXT or BLOB value)^,
-**   <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE 
+**   <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE
 **         constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^,
-**   <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, 
+**   <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled,
 **         column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is
 **         being opened for read/write access)^.
 ** </ul>
 **
-** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the 
-** [database connection] error code and message accessible via 
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. 
+** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the
+** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
 **
 ** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the
 ** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using
@@ -8185,7 +8196,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
 ** blob.
 **
 ** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
-** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a 
+** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a
 ** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface.
 **
 ** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
@@ -8235,7 +8246,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);
 ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
 **
 ** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed
-** unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns an error code, the 
+** unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns an error code, the
 ** handle is still closed.)^
 **
 ** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if
@@ -8245,10 +8256,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);
 ** code is returned and the transaction rolled back.
 **
 ** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an
-** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine 
-** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to 
+** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine
+** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to
 ** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function
-** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the 
+** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the
 ** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
@@ -8257,7 +8268,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
 ** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
 ** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
 **
-** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
+** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the
 ** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
 ** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
 ** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
@@ -8308,9 +8319,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
 **
 ** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
 ** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
-** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the 
-** [database connection] error code and message accessible via 
-** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. 
+** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the
+** [database connection] error code and message accessible via
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions.
 **
 ** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
 ** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
@@ -8319,9 +8330,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
 ** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
 ** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
 ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the 
-** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined 
-** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less 
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the
+** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined
+** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less
 ** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
 **
 ** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
@@ -8415,7 +8426,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
 ** <ul>
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
@@ -8473,7 +8484,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
 ** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
 ** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
 ** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses
-** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable 
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable
 ** behavior.)^
 **
 ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
@@ -8617,7 +8628,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
 */
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN      2
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
@@ -8632,11 +8643,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2     12  /* For use by extension VFS */
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3     13  /* For use by application VFS */
 
+/* Legacy compatibility: */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
+
+
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
 ** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
-** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
+** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that
 ** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
 ** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
 ** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
@@ -8663,7 +8678,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
 ** method becomes the return value of this routine.
 **
 ** A few opcodes for [sqlite3_file_control()] are handled directly
-** by the SQLite core and never invoke the 
+** by the SQLite core and never invoke the
 ** sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
 ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] value for the op parameter causes
 ** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
@@ -8750,7 +8765,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: SQL Keyword Checking
 **
-** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords 
+** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords
 ** recognized by SQLite.  Applications can uses these routines to determine
 ** whether or not a specific identifier needs to be escaped (for example,
 ** by enclosing in double-quotes) so as not to confuse the parser.
@@ -8822,14 +8837,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_str sqlite3_str;
 **
 ** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface allocates and initializes
 ** a new [sqlite3_str] object.  To avoid memory leaks, the object returned by
-** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to 
+** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to
 ** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)].
 **
 ** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface always returns a pointer to a
 ** valid [sqlite3_str] object, though in the event of an out-of-memory
 ** error the returned object might be a special singleton that will
-** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from 
-** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for 
+** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from
+** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for
 ** [sqlite3_str_length()], and always return NULL from
 ** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)].  It is always safe to use the value
 ** returned by [sqlite3_str_new(D)] as the sqlite3_str parameter
@@ -8865,9 +8880,9 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*);
 ** These interfaces add content to an sqlite3_str object previously obtained
 ** from [sqlite3_str_new()].
 **
-** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and 
+** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and
 ** [sqlite3_str_vappendf(X,F,V)] interfaces uses the [built-in printf]
-** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of 
+** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of
 ** [sqlite3_str] object X.
 **
 ** ^The [sqlite3_str_append(X,S,N)] method appends exactly N bytes from string S
@@ -8884,7 +8899,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*);
 ** ^This method can be used, for example, to add whitespace indentation.
 **
 ** ^The [sqlite3_str_reset(X)] method resets the string under construction
-** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length.  
+** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length.
 **
 ** These methods do not return a result code.  ^If an error occurs, that fact
 ** is recorded in the [sqlite3_str] object and can be recovered by a
@@ -8986,7 +9001,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64(
 ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
 ** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
 ** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
 ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
@@ -8995,11 +9010,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64(
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
 ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
-** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
+** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using
 ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
 ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
 **
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] 
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]]
 ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
 ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
 ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
@@ -9012,7 +9027,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64(
 ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
 ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
 ** handed to the [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
 ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
@@ -9025,7 +9040,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64(
 ** <dd>No longer used.</dd>
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
-** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. 
+** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack.
 ** The *pCurrent value is undefined.  The *pHighwater value is only
 ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
 ** </dl>
@@ -9047,12 +9062,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64(
 ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
 ** METHOD: sqlite3
 **
-** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
 ** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
 ** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
 ** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
 ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
-** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
+** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of
 ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
 ** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
 **
@@ -9087,7 +9102,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r
 ** checked out.</dd>)^
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were 
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were
 ** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
 ** the current value is always zero.)^
 **
@@ -9112,7 +9127,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r
 ** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
 ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
 **
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] 
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]]
 ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED</dt>
 ** <dd>This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a
 ** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap
@@ -9127,7 +9142,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r
 ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
 ** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
 ** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
-** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
+** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^
 ** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
 ** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
 ** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
@@ -9142,13 +9157,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
 ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
 ** is always 0.
 ** </dd>
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
 ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
-** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
 ** is always 0.
 ** </dd>
 **
@@ -9206,7 +9221,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r
 ** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
 ** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
 ** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
-** an index.  
+** an index.
 **
 ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
 ** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
@@ -9233,7 +9248,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
 ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
 ** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
 ** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
-** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
+** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through
 ** careful use of indices.</dd>
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
@@ -9251,14 +9266,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
 ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
 ** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
 ** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
-** to 2147483647.  The number of virtual machine operations can be 
+** to 2147483647.  The number of virtual machine operations can be
 ** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
 ** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
 ** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE</dt>
 ** <dd>^This is the number of times that the prepare statement has been
-** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to 
+** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to
 ** [bound parameters] that might affect the query plan.
 **
 ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN</dt>
@@ -9318,15 +9333,15 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
 ** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
 **
 ** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
-** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
+** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an
 ** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
-** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by 
+** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by
 ** SQLite is used for the page cache.
-** By implementing a 
+** By implementing a
 ** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
-** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
-** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
-** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
+** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which
+** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to
+** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for
 ** how long.
 **
 ** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
@@ -9339,19 +9354,19 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
 ** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
 **
 ** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
-** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective 
+** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective
 ** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
 ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
 ** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
-** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures 
-** required by the custom page cache implementation. 
-** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the 
+** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures
+** required by the custom page cache implementation.
+** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
 ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
 ** page cache.)^
 **
 ** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
 ** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** It can be used to clean up 
+** It can be used to clean up
 ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
 ** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
 **
@@ -9370,7 +9385,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
 ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
 ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
 ** be allocated by the cache.  ^szPage will always a power of two.  ^The
-** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage 
+** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage
 ** associated with each page cache entry.  ^The szExtra parameter will
 ** a number less than 250.  SQLite will use the
 ** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
@@ -9383,7 +9398,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
 ** it is purely advisory.  ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
 ** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
 ** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
-** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.  
+** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.
 ** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
 ** never contain any unpinned pages.
 **
@@ -9398,12 +9413,12 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
 ** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
 ** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
 ** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
-** 
+**
 ** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
-** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to 
+** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to
 ** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
 ** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
-** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a 
+** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a
 ** single database page.  The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
 ** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
 ** for each entry in the page cache.
@@ -9442,8 +9457,8 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
 ** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
 ** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
 **
-** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single 
-** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
+** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single
+** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls
 ** to xFetch().
 **
 ** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
@@ -9483,7 +9498,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
   int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
   sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
   void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
-  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, 
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*,
       unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
   void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
   void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
@@ -9528,7 +9543,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
 **
 ** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
 ** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
-** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
+** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files.
 **
 ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
 **
@@ -9539,36 +9554,36 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
 ** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
 ** preventing other database connections from
 ** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
-** 
-** ^(To perform a backup operation: 
+**
+** ^(To perform a backup operation:
 **   <ol>
 **     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
-**         backup, 
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer 
+**         backup,
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer
 **         the data between the two databases, and finally
-**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources 
-**         associated with the backup operation. 
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources
+**         associated with the backup operation.
 **   </ol>)^
 ** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
 ** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
 **
 ** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
 **
-** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the 
-** [database connection] associated with the destination database 
+** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the
+** [database connection] associated with the destination database
 ** and the database name, respectively.
 ** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
 ** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
 ** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
-** ^The S and M arguments passed to 
+** ^The S and M arguments passed to
 ** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
 ** and database name of the source database, respectively.
 ** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
 ** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
 ** an error.
 **
-** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if 
-** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the 
+** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if
+** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the
 ** destination database.
 **
 ** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
@@ -9580,14 +9595,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
 ** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
 ** [sqlite3_backup] object.
 ** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup
 ** operation.
 **
 ** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
 **
-** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between 
+** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between
 ** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
-** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. 
+** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied.
 ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
 ** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
 ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
@@ -9609,8 +9624,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
 **
 ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
 ** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
-** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the 
-** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
+** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the
+** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then
 ** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
 ** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
 ** [database connection]
@@ -9618,15 +9633,15 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
 ** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
 ** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
 ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
-** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
-** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
-** errors are considered fatal.)^  The application must accept 
-** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
+** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then
+** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These
+** errors are considered fatal.)^  The application must accept
+** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle
 ** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
 **
 ** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
-** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either 
-** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
+** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete
 ** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE].  ^Every call to
 ** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
 ** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
@@ -9635,18 +9650,18 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
 ** through the backup process.  ^If the source database is modified by an
 ** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
 ** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
-** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source 
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source
 ** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
 ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
 ** updated at the same time.
 **
 ** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
 **
-** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
+** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the
 ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
 ** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
 ** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
-** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. 
+** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object.
 ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
 ** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
 ** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
@@ -9686,8 +9701,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
 ** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
 ** from within other threads.
 **
-** However, the application must guarantee that the destination 
-** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination
+** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after
 ** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
 ** sqlite3_backup_finish().  SQLite does not currently check to see
 ** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
@@ -9698,11 +9713,11 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
 ** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
 ** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
 ** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
-** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being 
+** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being
 ** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
 ** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
 **
-** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple
 ** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
 ** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
 ** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
@@ -9727,8 +9742,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
 ** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
 ** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
 ** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
-** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
-** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
+** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking.
+** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke
 ** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
 ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
 ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
@@ -9736,14 +9751,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
 ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
 **
 ** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
-** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
+** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back.
 **
 ** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
 ** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
 ** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
-** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an 
+** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an
 ** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as
 ** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
 ** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
 ** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
@@ -9757,15 +9772,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
 **
 ** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
 ** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
-** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
+** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of
 ** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
 **
-** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
+** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a
 ** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
 ** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
 ** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
 ** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
-** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections 
+** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections
 ** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
 ** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
 **
@@ -9778,7 +9793,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
 **
 ** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
 **
-** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
+** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a
 ** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
 ** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
 ** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
@@ -9791,12 +9806,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
 ** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
 ** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
 ** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
-** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
+** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions
 ** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
 **
 ** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
 **
-** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
+** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a
 ** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
 ** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
 ** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
@@ -9819,7 +9834,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
 **
 ** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
 **
-** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
+** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost
 ** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
 ** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
 ** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
@@ -9832,7 +9847,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
 ** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
 ** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
 ** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
-** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
+** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just
 ** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
@@ -9923,8 +9938,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
 ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
 ** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode.
 **
-** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
-** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation 
+** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and
+** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation
 ** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
 **
 ** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
@@ -9943,7 +9958,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
 ** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
 ** are undefined.
 **
-** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback 
+** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback
 ** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
 ** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
 ** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
@@ -9951,7 +9966,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
 ** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
 */
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
-  sqlite3*, 
+  sqlite3*,
   int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
   void*
 );
@@ -9964,7 +9979,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
 ** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
 ** to automatically [checkpoint]
 ** after committing a transaction if there are N or
-** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
+** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or
 ** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
 ** checkpoints entirely.
 **
@@ -9994,7 +10009,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
 ** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to
 ** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^
 **
-** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the 
+** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the
 ** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be
 ** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to
 ** be reset.  See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition
@@ -10020,10 +10035,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
 **
 ** <dl>
 ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
-**   ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
-**   readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames 
+**   ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database
+**   readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames
 **   in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback]
-**   is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode.  
+**   is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode.
 **   ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished
 **   if there are concurrent readers or writers.
 **
@@ -10037,9 +10052,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
 **
 ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
 **   ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition
-**   that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the 
+**   that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the
 **   [busy-handler callback])
-**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures 
+**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures
 **   that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning.
 **   ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new
 **   database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers.
@@ -10061,31 +10076,31 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
 ** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero.
 **
 ** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If
-** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the 
-** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a 
+** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the
+** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a
 ** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
 **
-** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the 
+** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the
 ** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be
 ** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and
 ** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock
 ** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
 ** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before
 ** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
-** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as 
-** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible 
+** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as
+** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible
 ** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
 **
 ** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
-** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to 
+** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to
 ** [database connection] db.  In this case the
-** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If 
-** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the 
-** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining 
-** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other 
-** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned 
-** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error 
-** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached 
+** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If
+** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the
+** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining
+** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other
+** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned
+** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error
+** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached
 ** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
 **
 ** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
@@ -10145,7 +10160,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
-** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options} 
+** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options}
 ** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration option}
 **
 ** These macros define the various options to the
@@ -10168,20 +10183,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
 ** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
 ** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
 ** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
-** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite 
+** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite
 ** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
-** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. 
+** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate.
 ** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
 ** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
 ** had been ABORT.
 **
 ** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
-** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the 
-** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON 
-** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should 
+** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON
+** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should
 ** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
 ** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT 
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT
 ** constraint handling.
 ** </dd>
 **
@@ -10244,12 +10259,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context*);
 ** CAPI3REF: Determine The Collation For a Virtual Table Constraint
 **
 ** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xBestIndex]
-** method of a [virtual table]. 
+** method of a [virtual table].
 **
 ** The first argument must be the sqlite3_index_info object that is the
 ** first parameter to the xBestIndex() method. The second argument must be
 ** an index into the aConstraint[] array belonging to the sqlite3_index_info
-** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer 
+** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer
 ** containing the name of the collation sequence for the corresponding
 ** constraint.
 */
@@ -10363,7 +10378,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(
   int idx,                  /* Index of loop to report on */
   int iScanStatusOp,        /* Information desired.  SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */
   void *pOut                /* Result written here */
-);     
+);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters
@@ -10381,15 +10396,15 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*);
 **
 ** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the
 ** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty
-** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out 
+** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out
 ** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an
 ** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database
 ** file (page 1 is always "in use").  ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)]
 ** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and
 ** any [attached] databases.
 **
-** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages 
-** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained 
+** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages
+** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained
 ** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked
 ** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then
 ** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages
@@ -10427,7 +10442,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*);
 **
 ** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to real database tables; the
 ** preupdate hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or to
-** system tables like sqlite_master or sqlite_stat1.
+** system tables like sqlite_sequence or sqlite_stat1.
 **
 ** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to
 ** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook.
@@ -10436,16 +10451,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*);
 ** kind of update operation that is about to occur.
 ** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
 ** database within the database connection that is being modified.  This
-** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or 
+** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or
 ** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached
 ** databases.)^
 ** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the
 ** table that is being modified.
 **
 ** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth
-** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the 
+** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the
 ** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table,
-** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth 
+** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth
 ** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the
 ** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted
 ** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback
@@ -10484,7 +10499,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*);
 **
 ** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate
 ** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete
-** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level 
+** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level
 ** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level
 ** triggers; and so forth.
 **
@@ -10518,7 +10533,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **);
 ** The return value is OS-dependent.  For example, on unix systems, after
 ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be
 ** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such
-** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth.  
+** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*);
 
@@ -10556,12 +10571,12 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot {
 ** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly
 ** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK.
 ** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when
-** this function is called, one is opened automatically. 
+** this function is called, one is opened automatically.
 **
 ** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of
 ** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is
 ** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined
-** in this case. 
+** in this case.
 **
 ** <ul>
 **   <li> The database handle must not be in [autocommit mode].
@@ -10573,13 +10588,13 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot {
 **
 **   <li> One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal
 **        file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means
-**        that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal 
+**        that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal
 **        file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction
 **        must be written to it first.
 ** </ul>
 **
 ** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM.  If it is called with the
-** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, 
+** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason,
 ** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined.
 **
 ** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to
@@ -10599,38 +10614,38 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_get(
 ** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot
 ** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot
 **
-** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read 
-** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of 
-** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to 
-** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the 
-** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK 
+** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read
+** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of
+** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to
+** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the
+** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK
 ** on success or an appropriate [error code] if it fails.
 **
-** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in 
+** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in
 ** [autocommit mode] when [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] is called. If there
 ** is already a read transaction open on schema S, then the database handle
 ** must have no active statements (SELECT statements that have been passed
-** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). 
+** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()).
 ** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if either of these conditions is violated, or
 ** if schema S does not exist, or if the snapshot object is invalid.
 **
 ** ^A call to sqlite3_snapshot_open() will fail to open if the specified
-** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case 
+** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case
 ** SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT is returned.
 **
-** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is 
+** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is
 ** invoked, then the same read transaction remains open (on the same
 ** database snapshot) if SQLITE_ERROR, SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT
 ** is returned. If another error code - for example SQLITE_PROTOCOL or an
 ** SQLITE_IOERR error code - is returned, then the final state of the
-** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the 
+** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the
 ** read transaction is now open on database snapshot P.
 **
 ** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the
 ** database connection D does not know that the database file for
 ** schema S is in [WAL mode].  A database connection might not know
 ** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior
-** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] 
+** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode]
 ** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^
 ** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened
 ** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.)
@@ -10662,17 +10677,17 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*);
 ** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot
 **
 ** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages
-** of two valid snapshot handles. 
+** of two valid snapshot handles.
 **
-** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database 
-** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. 
+** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database
+** file, the result of the comparison is undefined.
 **
 ** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the
 ** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the
 ** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the
 ** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database
-** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the 
-** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function 
+** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the
+** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function
 ** is undefined.
 **
 ** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older
@@ -10737,7 +10752,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const c
 ** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has
 ** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same
 ** values of D and S.
-** The size of the database is written into *P even if the 
+** The size of the database is written into *P even if the
 ** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contiguous copy
 ** of the database exists.
 **
@@ -10774,7 +10789,7 @@ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize(
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database
 **
-** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the 
+** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the
 ** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then
 ** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained
 ** in P.  The serialized database P is N bytes in size.  M is the size of
@@ -10793,7 +10808,7 @@ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize(
 ** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup
 ** operation.
 **
-** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the 
+** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the
 ** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then
 ** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning.
 **
@@ -10908,7 +10923,7 @@ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
 };
 
 /*
-** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be 
+** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be
 ** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows:
 **
 **   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...)
@@ -10923,7 +10938,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(
 
 
 /*
-** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the 
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the
 ** argument to scored geometry callback registered using
 ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
 **
@@ -11018,7 +11033,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter;
 ** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a
 ** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is
 ** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for
-** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting 
+** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting
 ** either of these things are undefined.
 **
 ** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in
@@ -11036,13 +11051,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create(
 ** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object
 ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session
 **
-** Delete a session object previously allocated using 
+** Delete a session object previously allocated using
 ** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the
 ** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module
 ** function are undefined.
 **
 ** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they
-** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for 
+** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for
 ** [sqlite3session_create()] for details.
 */
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);
@@ -11060,10 +11075,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);
 ** the eventual changesets.
 **
 ** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value
-** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a 
+** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a
 ** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session.
 **
-** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if 
+** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if
 ** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);
@@ -11078,7 +11093,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);
 ** <ul>
 **   <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is
 **        made, or
-**   <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action 
+**   <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action
 **        instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement.
 ** </ul>
 **
@@ -11090,10 +11105,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);
 ** flag.  If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the
 ** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag
 ** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value
-** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the 
+** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the
 ** indirect flag for the specified session object.
 **
-** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if 
+** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if
 ** it is clear, or 1 if it is set.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect);
@@ -11103,20 +11118,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect)
 ** METHOD: sqlite3_session
 **
 ** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach
-** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes 
-** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See 
+** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes
+** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See
 ** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details.
 **
 ** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables
-** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by 
-** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for 
+** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by
+** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for
 ** the new tables are also recorded.
 **
 ** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly
-** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the 
+** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the
 ** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY
 ** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key.
-** 
+**
 ** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor
 ** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However,
 ** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios.
@@ -11124,29 +11139,29 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect)
 ** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored
 ** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns.
 **
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error 
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error
 ** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned.
 **
 ** <h3>Special sqlite_stat1 Handling</h3>
 **
-** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to 
+** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to
 ** some of the rules above. In SQLite, the schema of sqlite_stat1 is:
 **  <pre>
-**  &nbsp;     CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)  
+**  &nbsp;     CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)
 **  </pre>
 **
-** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are 
-** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes 
+** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are
+** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes
 ** are recorded for rows for which (idx IS NULL) is true. However, for such
 ** rows a zero-length blob (SQL value X'') is stored in the changeset or
 ** patchset instead of a NULL value. This allows such changesets to be
 ** manipulated by legacy implementations of sqlite3changeset_invert(),
 ** concat() and similar.
 **
-** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the 
+** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the
 ** zero-length blob back to a NULL value when updating the sqlite_stat1
 ** table. However, if the application calls sqlite3changeset_new(),
-** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset 
+** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset
 ** iterator directly (including on a changeset iterator passed to a
 ** conflict-handler callback) then the X'' value is returned. The application
 ** must translate X'' to NULL itself if required.
@@ -11165,10 +11180,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach(
 ** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object.
 ** METHOD: sqlite3_session
 **
-** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows 
+** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows
 ** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called
-** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. 
-** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is 
+** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not.
+** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is
 ** attached, xFilter will not be called again.
 */
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
@@ -11184,9 +11199,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
 ** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object
 ** METHOD: sqlite3_session
 **
-** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the 
-** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, 
-** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset 
+** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the
+** session object passed as the first argument. If successful,
+** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset
 ** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning
 ** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to
 ** zero and return an SQLite error code.
@@ -11201,7 +11216,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
 ** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it
 ** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT.
 **
-** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or 
+** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or
 ** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted,
 ** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this
 ** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in
@@ -11254,14 +11269,14 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
 ** <ul>
 **   <li> For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried
 **        for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT
-**        change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change 
+**        change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change
 **        is added to the changeset.
 **
-**   <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is 
+**   <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is
 **        queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is
 **        found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been
-**        modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to 
-**        the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE 
+**        modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to
+**        the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE
 **        change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching
 **        primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original
 **        values, no change is added to the changeset.
@@ -11269,7 +11284,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
 **
 ** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later
 ** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete
-** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a 
+** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a
 ** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is
 ** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of
 ** a DELETE and an INSERT.
@@ -11278,10 +11293,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter(
 ** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted.
 ** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row
 ** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row
-** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while 
+** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while
 ** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the
 ** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled.
-** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and 
+** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and
 ** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the
 ** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields.
 */
@@ -11302,7 +11317,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset(
 ** an error).
 **
 ** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.)
-** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains 
+** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains
 ** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function.
 ** A table is considered compatible if it:
 **
@@ -11318,25 +11333,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset(
 ** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored.
 **
 ** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be
-** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") 
-** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session 
+** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table")
+** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session
 ** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically:
 **
 ** <ul>
-**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in 
+**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
 **     the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object.
 **
-**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in 
+**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in
 **     the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object.
 **
-**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features 
+**   <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features
 **     different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the
-**     session.  
+**     session.
 ** </ul>
 **
 ** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed
-** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to 
-** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be 
+** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to
+** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be
 ** identical.
 **
 ** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the
@@ -11344,7 +11359,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset(
 **
 ** If the operation is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite
 ** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg
-** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error 
+** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
 ** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using
 ** sqlite3_free().
 */
@@ -11363,19 +11378,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff(
 ** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that:
 **
 ** <ul>
-**   <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The 
+**   <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The
 **        original values of other fields are omitted.
-**   <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from 
+**   <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from
 **        UPDATE records.
 ** </ul>
 **
-** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all 
-** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), 
+** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all
+** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(),
 ** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly,
 ** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the
-** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. 
+** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
 **
-** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no 
+** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no
 ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset
 ** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work
 ** in the same way as for changesets.
@@ -11394,22 +11409,22 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset(
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes.
 **
-** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by 
-** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or 
+** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by
+** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or
 ** more changes have been recorded, return zero.
 **
 ** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling
 ** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a
-** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in 
-** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values 
+** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in
+** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values
 ** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is
-** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a 
+** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a
 ** changeset containing zero changes.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset 
+** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset
 ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter
 **
 ** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset.
@@ -11417,7 +11432,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);
 ** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an
 ** SQLite error code is returned.
 **
-** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset 
+** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset
 ** iterator created by this function:
 **
 ** <ul>
@@ -11434,12 +11449,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);
 **
 ** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the
 ** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or
-** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset 
-** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when 
-** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by 
-** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited 
-** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change 
-** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit 
+** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset
+** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when
+** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by
+** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited
+** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change
+** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit
 ** another change for table X.
 **
 ** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_start_v2() and its streaming equivalent
@@ -11490,12 +11505,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_v2(
 ** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances
 ** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If
 ** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call
-** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. 
+** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned.
 ** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited,
 ** SQLITE_DONE is returned.
 **
-** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error 
-** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or 
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error
+** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or
 ** SQLITE_NOMEM.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);
@@ -11513,14 +11528,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);
 ** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a
 ** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table
 ** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either
-** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the 
-** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is 
+** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the
+** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is
 ** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If
 ** pbIndirect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change
 ** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for
 ** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect
-** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of 
-** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the 
+** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of
+** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the
 ** type of change that the iterator currently points to.
 **
 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an
@@ -11574,7 +11589,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk(
 ** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
 ** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
 ** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
-** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. 
+** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
 ** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
 ** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise,
 ** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL.
@@ -11584,9 +11599,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk(
 ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
 **
 ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
-** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of 
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
 ** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and
-** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this 
+** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this
 ** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers.
 **
 ** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
@@ -11605,7 +11620,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old(
 ** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
 ** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
 ** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
-** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. 
+** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW.
 ** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
 ** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise,
 ** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL.
@@ -11615,12 +11630,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old(
 ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
 **
 ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
-** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of 
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of
 ** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and
 ** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include
-** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and 
-** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that 
-** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete 
+** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and
+** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that
+** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete
 ** triggers.
 **
 ** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code
@@ -11647,7 +11662,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new(
 ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL.
 **
 ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected
-** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the 
+** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the
 ** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback
 ** and returns SQLITE_OK.
 **
@@ -11691,7 +11706,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(
 ** call has no effect.
 **
 ** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx()
-** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an 
+** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an
 ** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding
 ** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is
 ** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code):
@@ -11703,7 +11718,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(
 **   }
 **   rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
 **   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-**     // An error has occurred 
+**     // An error has occurred
 **   }
 ** </pre>
 */
@@ -11731,7 +11746,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);
 ** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned.
 **
 ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free()
-** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful 
+** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful
 ** call to this function.
 **
 ** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid
@@ -11745,11 +11760,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert(
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects
 **
-** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a 
+** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a
 ** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying
-** changeset A followed by changeset B. 
+** changeset A followed by changeset B.
 **
-** This function combines the two input changesets using an 
+** This function combines the two input changesets using an
 ** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the
 ** following code fragment:
 **
@@ -11781,7 +11796,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat(
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle
 **
-** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more 
+** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more
 ** [changesets] or [patchsets]
 */
 typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup;
@@ -11797,7 +11812,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup;
 **
 ** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with
 ** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller
-** should eventually free the returned object using a call to 
+** should eventually free the returned object using a call to
 ** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code
 ** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
 **
@@ -11809,7 +11824,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup;
 **   <li> Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object
 **        by calling sqlite3changegroup_add().
 **
-**   <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained 
+**   <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained
 **        by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output().
 **
 **   <li> The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete().
@@ -11818,7 +11833,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup;
 ** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to
 ** new() and delete(), and in any order.
 **
-** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and 
+** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and
 ** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming
 ** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm().
 */
@@ -11829,7 +11844,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp);
 ** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup
 **
 ** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size
-** nData bytes) to the changegroup. 
+** nData bytes) to the changegroup.
 **
 ** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function
 ** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if
@@ -11856,7 +11871,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp);
 **       changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already
 **       added to the changegroup.
 **   <tr><td>INSERT <td>UPDATE <td>
-**       The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the 
+**       The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the
 **       INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the
 **       existing change and then updated according to the new change.
 **   <tr><td>INSERT <td>DELETE <td>
@@ -11867,17 +11882,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp);
 **       changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already
 **       added to the changegroup.
 **   <tr><td>UPDATE <td>UPDATE <td>
-**       The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended 
-**       so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once 
+**       The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended
+**       so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once
 **       by the existing change and then again by the new change.
 **   <tr><td>UPDATE <td>DELETE <td>
 **       The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the
 **       changegroup.
 **   <tr><td>DELETE <td>INSERT <td>
 **       If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the
-**       new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing 
+**       new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing
 **       change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the
-**       changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same 
+**       changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same
 **       as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded.
 **   <tr><td>DELETE <td>UPDATE <td>
 **       The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new
@@ -11922,7 +11937,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pDa
 **
 ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output
 ** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK
-** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a 
+** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a
 ** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the
 ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a
 ** call to sqlite3_free().
@@ -11944,7 +11959,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*);
 **
 ** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to
 ** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in
-** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. 
+** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments.
 **
 ** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter
 ** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one
@@ -11955,16 +11970,16 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*);
 ** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to
 ** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted.
 **
-** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function 
-** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is 
+** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function
+** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is
 ** considered compatible if all of the following are true:
 **
 ** <ul>
-**   <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the 
+**   <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the
 **        changeset, and
-**   <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the 
+**   <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the
 **        changeset, and
-**   <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as 
+**   <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as
 **        recorded in the changeset.
 ** </ul>
 **
@@ -11973,11 +11988,11 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*);
 ** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most
 ** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset.
 **
-** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made 
-** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE 
-** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler 
-** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be 
-** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for 
+** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made
+** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE
+** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler
+** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be
+** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for
 ** each type of change is below.
 **
 ** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results
@@ -11985,23 +12000,23 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*);
 ** argument are undefined.
 **
 ** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one
-** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or 
+** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or
 ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned
 ** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either
 ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler
 ** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and
-** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different 
+** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different
 ** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value
 ** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to
-** the documentation for the three 
+** the documentation for the three
 ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details.
 **
 ** <dl>
 ** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd>
-**   For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database 
-**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
-**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
-**   stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in 
+**   For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database
+**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
+**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
+**   stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in
 **   the changeset the row is deleted from the target database.
 **
 **   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
@@ -12030,22 +12045,22 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*);
 **   database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default
 **   values.
 **
-**   If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already 
+**   If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already
 **   contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler
-**   function is invoked with the second argument set to 
+**   function is invoked with the second argument set to
 **   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT].
 **
 **   If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint
-**   violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is 
+**   violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is
 **   invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT].
-**   This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because 
-**   an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned 
+**   This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because
+**   an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned
 **   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
 **
 ** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd>
-**   For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database 
-**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
-**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
+**   For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database
+**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the
+**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values
 **   stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values
 **   stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database.
 **
@@ -12061,12 +12076,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*);
 **   the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND]
 **   passed as the second argument.
 **
-**   If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns 
-**   SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with 
+**   If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns
+**   SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with
 **   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument.
-**   This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after 
+**   This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after
 **   an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned
-**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].  
+**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
 ** </dl>
 **
 ** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the
@@ -12077,12 +12092,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*);
 ** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction.
 ** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to
 ** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is
-** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an 
+** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an
 ** SQLite error code returned.
 **
 ** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and
 ** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2()
-** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the 
+** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the
 ** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase)
 ** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the
 ** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer
@@ -12143,7 +12158,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
 **   SAVEPOINT is committed if the changeset or patchset is successfully
 **   applied, or rolled back if an error occurs. Specifying this flag
 **   causes the sessions module to omit this savepoint. In this case, if the
-**   caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, 
+**   caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called,
 **   it may revert the partially applied changeset by rolling it back.
 **
 ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT <dd>
@@ -12154,7 +12169,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
 #define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT   0x0001
 #define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT        0x0002
 
-/* 
+/*
 ** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler
 **
 ** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler.
@@ -12163,32 +12178,32 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
 ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA<dd>
 **   The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument
 **   when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required
-**   PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other 
-**   (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the 
+**   PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other
+**   (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the
 **   expected "before" values.
-** 
+**
 **   The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching
 **   primary key.
-** 
+**
 ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND<dd>
 **   The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second
 **   argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the
 **   required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database.
-** 
+**
 **   There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the
 **   sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined.
-** 
+**
 ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT<dd>
 **   CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict
-**   handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result 
+**   handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result
 **   in duplicate primary key values.
-** 
+**
 **   The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching
 **   primary key.
 **
 ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY<dd>
 **   If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the
-**   database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict 
+**   database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict
 **   handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument
 **   exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler
 **   returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the
@@ -12198,12 +12213,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
 **   No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function
 **   it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle
 **   is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts().
-** 
+**
 ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT<dd>
-**   If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. 
-**   a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is 
+**   If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e.
+**   a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is
 **   invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument.
-** 
+**
 **   There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the
 **   sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined.
 **
@@ -12215,7 +12230,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT  4
 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5
 
-/* 
+/*
 ** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler
 **
 ** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values.
@@ -12223,13 +12238,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
 ** <dl>
 ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT<dd>
 **   If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The
-**   change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module 
+**   change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module
 **   continues to the next change in the changeset.
 **
 ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE<dd>
 **   This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict
 **   handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this
-**   is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the 
+**   is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the
 **   call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
 **
 **   If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict
@@ -12242,7 +12257,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
 **   the original row is restored to the database before continuing.
 **
 ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT<dd>
-**   If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back 
+**   If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back
 **   and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT.
 ** </dl>
 */
@@ -12250,20 +12265,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE    1
 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT      2
 
-/* 
+/*
 ** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets
 ** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
 ** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that
 ** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a
 ** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based
-** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and 
-** applied to the database. The database is then in state 
+** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and
+** applied to the database. The database is then in state
 ** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict
 ** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote".
-** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict 
+** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict
 ** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts
-** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. 
+** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network.
 **
 ** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an
 ** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)":
@@ -12282,7 +12297,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
 **
 ** <dl>
 ** <dt>Local INSERT<dd>
-**   This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict 
+**   This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict
 **   resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased
 **   changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add
 **   nothing to the rebased changeset.
@@ -12306,12 +12321,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
 **   the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote
 **   change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied
 **   into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by
-**   the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would 
+**   the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would
 **   be updated, the change is omitted.
 ** </dl>
 **
-** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes 
-** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote 
+** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes
+** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote
 ** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset
 ** is rebased:
 **
@@ -12324,10 +12339,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
 **         of the OMIT resolutions.
 ** </ul>
 **
-** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are 
-** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the 
-** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single 
-** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for 
+** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are
+** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the
+** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single
+** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for
 ** OMIT.
 **
 ** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first
@@ -12335,7 +12350,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
 ** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then:
 **
 ** <ol>
-**   <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling 
+**   <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling
 **        sqlite3rebaser_create().
 **   <li> The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from
 **        sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure().
@@ -12356,8 +12371,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_rebaser sqlite3_rebaser;
 **
 ** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to
 ** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error
-** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) 
-** to NULL. 
+** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew)
+** to NULL.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew);
 
@@ -12371,9 +12386,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew);
 ** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2().
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure(
-  sqlite3_rebaser*, 
+  sqlite3_rebaser*,
   int nRebase, const void *pRebase
-); 
+);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset
@@ -12383,7 +12398,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure(
 ** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy
 ** of the changeset rebased according to the configuration of the
 ** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut)
-** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and 
+** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and
 ** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the
 ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using
 ** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut)
@@ -12391,8 +12406,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure(
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase(
   sqlite3_rebaser*,
-  int nIn, const void *pIn, 
-  int *pnOut, void **ppOut 
+  int nIn, const void *pIn,
+  int *pnOut, void **ppOut
 );
 
 /*
@@ -12403,30 +12418,30 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase(
 ** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation
 ** of sqlite3rebaser_create().
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); 
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p);
 
 /*
 ** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions.
 **
-** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the 
+** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the
 ** corresponding non-streaming API functions:
 **
 ** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex">
 **   <tr><th>Streaming function<th>Non-streaming equivalent</th>
-**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] 
-**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] 
-**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] 
-**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] 
-**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] 
-**   <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] 
-**   <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] 
+**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply]
+**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2]
+**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat]
+**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert]
+**   <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start]
+**   <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset]
+**   <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset]
 ** </table>
 **
 ** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input
-** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. 
-** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning 
-** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). 
-** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a 
+** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory.
+** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning
+** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc().
+** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a
 ** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the
 ** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous.
 **
@@ -12448,12 +12463,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p);
 **  </pre>
 **
 ** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first
-** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second 
-** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no 
-** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data 
-** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied 
-** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) 
-** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite 
+** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second
+** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no
+** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data
+** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied
+** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData)
+** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite
 ** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns
 ** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function
 ** returns a copy of the error code to the caller.
@@ -12461,7 +12476,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p);
 ** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be
 ** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the
 ** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters
-** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions 
+** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions
 ** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput.
 **
 ** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets)
@@ -12491,7 +12506,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p);
 ** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy
 ** of the xOutput error code to the application.
 **
-** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third 
+** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third
 ** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this,
 ** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned.
 */
@@ -12562,12 +12577,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm(
   int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
   void *pOut
 );
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, 
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
     int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
     void *pIn
 );
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
-    int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), 
+    int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
     void *pOut
 );
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm(
@@ -12582,16 +12597,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm(
 ** CAPI3REF: Configure global parameters
 **
 ** The sqlite3session_config() interface is used to make global configuration
-** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs 
+** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs
 ** of the application.
 **
 ** The sqlite3session_config() interface is not threadsafe. If it is invoked
 ** while any other thread is inside any other sessions method then the
 ** results are undefined. Furthermore, if it is invoked after any sessions
-** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined. 
+** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined.
 **
 ** The first argument to the sqlite3session_config() function must be one
-** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The 
+** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The
 ** interpretation of the (void*) value passed as the second parameter and
 ** the effect of calling this function depends on the value of the first
 ** parameter.
@@ -12641,7 +12656,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg);
 **
 ******************************************************************************
 **
-** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, 
+** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file,
 ** FTS5 may be extended with:
 **
 **     * custom tokenizers, and
@@ -12685,19 +12700,19 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter {
 ** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS
 **
 ** xUserData(pFts):
-**   Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was 
+**   Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was
 **   registered with.
 **
 ** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
 **   If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
 **   to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is
 **   non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return
-**   the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in 
+**   the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in
 **   the FTS5 table.
 **
 **   If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
 **   in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
-**   an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is 
+**   an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
 **   returned.
 **
 ** xColumnCount(pFts):
@@ -12711,7 +12726,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter {
 **
 **   If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
 **   in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
-**   an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is 
+**   an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is
 **   returned.
 **
 **   This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table
@@ -12738,8 +12753,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter {
 **   an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
 **
 **   This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-**   "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created 
-**   with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option 
+**   "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
+**   with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
 **   (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0.
 **
 ** xInst:
@@ -12754,7 +12769,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter {
 **   code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
 **
 **   This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-**   "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. 
+**   "detail=none" or "detail=column" option.
 **
 ** xRowid:
 **   Returns the rowid of the current row.
@@ -12770,11 +12785,11 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter {
 **
 **   with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the
 **   current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to
-**   phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each 
-**   row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument 
-**   is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback 
+**   phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each
+**   row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument
+**   is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback
 **   function may be used to access the properties of each matched row.
-**   Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as 
+**   Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as
 **   the third argument to pUserData.
 **
 **   If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the
@@ -12789,14 +12804,14 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter {
 **
 ** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete)
 **
-**   Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's 
+**   Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's
 **   "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any
 **   future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of
 **   the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API.
 **
 **   Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for
-**   each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked 
-**   more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a 
+**   each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked
+**   more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a
 **   single auxiliary data context.
 **
 **   If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is
@@ -12815,7 +12830,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter {
 **
 ** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear)
 **
-**   Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension 
+**   Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension
 **   function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details.
 **
 **   If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared
@@ -12835,7 +12850,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter {
 **   method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within
 **   the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the
 **   xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient
-**   to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate 
+**   to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate
 **   through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code:
 **
 **       Fts5PhraseIter iter;
@@ -12853,8 +12868,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter {
 **   xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below).
 **
 **   This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-**   "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created 
-**   with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option 
+**   "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created
+**   with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option
 **   (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates
 **   through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1).
 **
@@ -12878,16 +12893,16 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter {
 **       }
 **
 **   This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the
-**   "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either 
-**   "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), 
-**   then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to 
+**   "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either
+**   "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table),
+**   then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to
 **   xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1).
 **
 **   The information accessed using this API and its companion
 **   xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext
 **   (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is
 **   significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with
-**   "detail=column" tables.  
+**   "detail=column" tables.
 **
 ** xPhraseNextColumn()
 **   See xPhraseFirstColumn above.
@@ -12901,7 +12916,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
   int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow);
   int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken);
 
-  int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, 
+  int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*,
     const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */
     void *pCtx,                   /* Context passed to xToken() */
     int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int)       /* Callback */
@@ -12930,15 +12945,15 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
   void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol);
 };
 
-/* 
+/*
 ** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
 *************************************************************************/
 
 /*************************************************************************
 ** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
 **
-** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer 
-** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the 
+** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer
+** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the
 ** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting
 ** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined
 ** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows:
@@ -12949,16 +12964,16 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
 **
 **   The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*)
 **   pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object
-**   was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). 
+**   was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()).
 **   The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings
 **   containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the
 **   tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used
 **   to create the FTS5 table.
 **
-**   The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) 
+**   The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut)
 **   should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK
 **   returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should
-**   be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut 
+**   be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut
 **   is undefined.
 **
 ** xDelete:
@@ -12967,7 +12982,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
 **   be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
 **
 ** xTokenize:
-**   This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated 
+**   This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated
 **   by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first
 **   argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object
 **   returned by an earlier call to xCreate().
@@ -12981,8 +12996,8 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
 **            determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the
 **            FTS index.
 **
-**       <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed 
-**            against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize 
+**       <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed
+**            against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize
 **            a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query.
 **
 **       <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as
@@ -12990,10 +13005,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
 **            followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token
 **            returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix.
 **
-**       <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to 
+**       <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to
 **            satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary
 **            function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same
-**            on a columnsize=0 database.  
+**            on a columnsize=0 database.
 **   </ul>
 **
 **   For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must
@@ -13005,10 +13020,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
 **   which the token is derived within the input.
 **
 **   The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should
-**   normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports 
+**   normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports
 **   synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details.
 **
-**   FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the 
+**   FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the
 **   order that they occur within the input text.
 **
 **   If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then
@@ -13022,7 +13037,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
 ** SYNONYM SUPPORT
 **
 **   Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a
-**   user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the 
+**   user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the
 **   built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances
 **   of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms
 **   such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match
@@ -13042,34 +13057,34 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
 **
 **       <li> By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term
 **            separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the
-**            tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term 
-**            within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each 
+**            tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term
+**            within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each
 **            synonym individually. For example, faced with the query:
 **
 **   <codeblock>
 **     ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock>
 **
 **            the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the
-**            first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query 
+**            first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query
 **            similar to:
 **
 **   <codeblock>
 **     ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock>
 **
 **            except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query
-**            still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" 
+**            still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)"
 **            being treated as a single phrase.
 **
 **       <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
 **            Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer
-**            provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a 
+**            provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a
 **            document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are
 **            added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and
 **            "place".
 **
 **            This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms
 **            when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be
-**            inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for 
+**            inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for
 **            'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the
 **            FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token.
 **   </ol>
@@ -13090,11 +13105,11 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
 **
 **   It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time
 **   xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token
-**   by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. 
+**   by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence.
 **   There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a
 **   single token.
 **
-**   In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add 
+**   In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add
 **   extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms,
 **   so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it
 **   does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the
@@ -13106,18 +13121,18 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
 **   will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer
 **   will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first").
 **
-**   For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, 
+**   For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case,
 **   because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix
 **   queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because
 **   extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space
 **   within the database.
 **
 **   Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method,
-**   a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal 
+**   a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal
 **   token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to
 **   provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st'
 **   will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require
-**   extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. 
+**   extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index.
 **   On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries,
 **   as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym.
 **
@@ -13131,10 +13146,10 @@ typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer;
 struct fts5_tokenizer {
   int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut);
   void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*);
-  int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, 
+  int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*,
       void *pCtx,
       int flags,            /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */
-      const char *pText, int nText, 
+      const char *pText, int nText,
       int (*xToken)(
         void *pCtx,         /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */
         int tflags,         /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
@@ -13231,7 +13246,7 @@ struct fts5_api {
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
 *************************************************************************
-** 
+**
 ** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
 */
 
@@ -13279,9 +13294,9 @@ struct fts5_api {
 #endif
 
 /*
-** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to 
-** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might 
-** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an 
+** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to
+** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might
+** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an
 ** expression.
 **
 ** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
@@ -13366,10 +13381,10 @@ struct fts5_api {
 **
 ** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at
 ** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates
-** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library 
-** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database 
-** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite 
-** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback 
+** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library
+** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database
+** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite
+** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback
 ** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption.
 */
 #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
@@ -13428,7 +13443,7 @@ struct fts5_api {
 ** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
 **
 ** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself
-** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all 
+** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all
 ** may be executed.
 */
 #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH
@@ -13451,10 +13466,10 @@ struct fts5_api {
 ** WAL mode depends on atomic aligned 32-bit loads and stores in a few
 ** places.  The following macros try to make this explicit.
 */
-#ifndef __has_feature
-# define __has_feature(x) 0       /* compatibility with non-clang compilers */
+#ifndef __has_extension
+# define __has_extension(x) 0     /* compatibility with non-clang compilers */
 #endif
-#if GCC_VERSION>=4007000 || __has_feature(c_atomic)
+#if GCC_VERSION>=4007000 || __has_extension(c_atomic)
 # define AtomicLoad(PTR)       __atomic_load_n((PTR),__ATOMIC_RELAXED)
 # define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL)  __atomic_store_n((PTR),(VAL),__ATOMIC_RELAXED)
 #else
@@ -13861,7 +13876,7 @@ typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
 ** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list.
 **
 ** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero.  In that case lookup is done
-** by a linear search of the global list.  For small tables, the 
+** by a linear search of the global list.  For small tables, the
 ** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements
 ** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage
 ** the hash table.
@@ -13876,7 +13891,7 @@ struct Hash {
   } *ht;
 };
 
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
 ** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
 **
 ** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
@@ -14225,7 +14240,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
 #endif
 
 /*
-** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and 
+** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and
 ** SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE are not compatible with one another.
 ** You must choose one or the other (or neither) but not both.
 */
@@ -14447,6 +14462,7 @@ typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst;
 ** compilers.
 */
 #define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
+#define LARGEST_UINT64 (0xffffffff|(((u64)0xffffffff)<<32))
 #define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
 
 /*
@@ -14524,6 +14540,16 @@ typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst;
 #else
 # define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0
 #endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE)
+# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 1
+# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)  \
+  if(sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace&(K))   \
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%u/%d/%p: ",(S)->selId,(P)->addrExplain,(S)),\
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)
+# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0
+#endif
 
 /*
 ** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
@@ -14542,22 +14568,24 @@ struct BusyHandler {
 };
 
 /*
-** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
-** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
-** user tables and indices.
+** Name of table that holds the database schema.
 */
-#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
-#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"
+#define DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE          "sqlite_master"
+#define DFLT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE     "sqlite_temp_master"
+#define ALT_SCHEMA_TABLE           "sqlite_schema"
+#define ALT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE      "sqlite_temp_schema"
+
 
 /*
-** The root-page of the master database table.
+** The root-page of the schema table.
 */
-#define MASTER_ROOT       1
+#define SCHEMA_ROOT    1
 
 /*
-** The name of the schema table.
+** The name of the schema table.  The name is different for TEMP.
 */
-#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
+#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) \
+    ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?DFLT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE:DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE)
 
 /*
 ** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
@@ -14578,7 +14606,7 @@ struct BusyHandler {
 ** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC
 ** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
 */
-#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize)
+#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3OomFault)
 
 /*
 ** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
@@ -14718,6 +14746,253 @@ typedef int VList;
 ** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque
 ** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above.
 */
+/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
+** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_PAGER_H
+#define SQLITE_PAGER_H
+
+/*
+** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative
+** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the
+** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
+  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
+** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
+*/
+typedef u32 Pgno;
+
+/*
+** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Pager Pager;
+
+/*
+** Handle type for pages.
+*/
+typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
+
+/*
+** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
+** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
+** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file
+** is devoted to storing a super-journal name - there are no more pages to
+** roll back. See comments for function writeSuperJournal() in pager.c
+** for details.
+*/
+#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
+**
+** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
+*/
+#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
+#define PAGER_MEMORY        0x0002    /* In-memory database */
+
+/*
+** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
+*/
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1
+
+/*
+** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode.
+**
+** The numeric values encoded here (other than PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY)
+** are exposed in the API via the "PRAGMA journal_mode" command and
+** therefore cannot be changed without a compatibility break.
+*/
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY     (-1)  /* Query the value of journalmode */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE      0   /* Commit by deleting journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST     1   /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF         2   /* Journal omitted.  */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE    3   /* Commit by truncating journal */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY      4   /* In-memory journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL         5   /* Use write-ahead logging */
+
+/*
+** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerGet().
+*/
+#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT     0x01  /* Do not load data from disk */
+#define PAGER_GET_READONLY      0x02  /* Read-only page is acceptable */
+
+/*
+** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags()
+**
+** Value constraints (enforced via assert()):
+**    PAGER_FULLFSYNC      == SQLITE_FullFSync
+**    PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_CkptFullFSync
+**    PAGER_CACHE_SPILL    == SQLITE_CacheSpill
+*/
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF       0x01  /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL    0x02  /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL      0x03  /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA     0x04  /* PRAGMA synchronous=EXTRA */
+#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK      0x07  /* Mask for four values above */
+#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC             0x08  /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */
+#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC        0x10  /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */
+#define PAGER_CACHESPILL            0x20  /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */
+#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK            0x38  /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */
+
+/*
+** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
+** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for
+** a detailed description of each routine.
+*/
+
+/* Open and close a Pager connection. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs*,
+  Pager **ppPager,
+  const char*,
+  int,
+  int,
+  int,
+  void(*)(DbPage*)
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+
+/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, Pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*);
+
+/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage*);
+
+/* Operations on page references. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *);
+
+/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zSuper, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*, int, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager*, sqlite3*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(y,z) SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3PagerWalDb(x,y)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
+#endif
+
+/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *);
+
+/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16);
+
+/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
+  void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+  void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+#else
+# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
+# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_H */
+
+/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
 /************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
 /************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/
 /*
@@ -14793,20 +15068,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,Pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetRequestedReserve(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, Pgno*, int flags);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
@@ -14848,7 +15123,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p);
 
 /*
 ** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta
-** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned 
+** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned
 ** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an
 ** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
 **
@@ -14919,7 +15194,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p);
 #define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001  /* Used to full index in sorted order */
 #define BTREE_SEEK_EQ  0x00000002  /* EQ seeks only - no range seeks */
 
-/* 
+/*
 ** Flags passed as the third argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor().
 **
 ** For read-only cursors the wrFlag argument is always zero. For read-write
@@ -14947,7 +15222,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p);
 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
   Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
-  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
+  Pgno iTable,                         /* Index of root page */
   int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
   struct KeyInfo*,                     /* First argument to compare function */
   BtCursor *pCursor                    /* Space to write cursor structure */
@@ -14987,7 +15262,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, u8 flags);
 ** The nMem field might be zero, indicating that no decomposition is available.
 **
 ** Table btrees (used for rowid tables) contain an integer rowid used as
-** the key and passed in the nKey field.  The pKey field is zero.  
+** the key and passed in the nKey field.  The pKey field is zero.
 ** pData,nData hold the content of the new entry.  nZero extra zero bytes
 ** are appended to the end of the content when constructing the entry.
 ** The aMem,nMem fields are uninitialized for table btrees.
@@ -15006,7 +15281,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, u8 flags);
 **
 ** This object is used to pass information into sqlite3BtreeInsert().  The
 ** same information used to be passed as five separate parameters.  But placing
-** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more 
+** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more
 ** organized and understandable, and it also helps the resulting code to
 ** run a little faster by using fewer registers for parameter passing.
 */
@@ -15038,7 +15313,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(BtCursor*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeMaxRecordSize(BtCursor*);
 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(sqlite3*,Btree*,int*aRoot,int nRoot,int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(sqlite3*,Btree*,Pgno*aRoot,int nRoot,int,int*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor*);
 
@@ -15081,7 +15356,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree*);
 #else
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) 
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X)
 # define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
 # define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0
 # define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
@@ -15175,7 +15450,7 @@ struct VdbeOp {
     Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
     VTable *pVtab;         /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
     KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
-    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
+    u32 *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
     SubProgram *pProgram;  /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */
     Table *pTab;           /* Used when p4type is P4_TABLE */
 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
@@ -15255,7 +15530,7 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
 #define P5_ConstraintFK      4
 
 /*
-** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the 
+** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the
 ** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
 */
 #define COLNAME_NAME     0
@@ -15740,253 +16015,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, VdbeOp*);
 
 /************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/
 /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
-** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
-** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_PAGER_H
-#define SQLITE_PAGER_H
-
-/*
-** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative 
-** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the 
-** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
-  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
-** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
-*/
-typedef u32 Pgno;
-
-/*
-** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
-*/
-typedef struct Pager Pager;
-
-/*
-** Handle type for pages.
-*/
-typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
-
-/*
-** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
-** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
-** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
-** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
-** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c 
-** for details.
-*/
-#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
-**
-** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
-*/
-#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
-#define PAGER_MEMORY        0x0002    /* In-memory database */
-
-/*
-** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
-*/
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1
-
-/*
-** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode.
-**
-** The numeric values encoded here (other than PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY)
-** are exposed in the API via the "PRAGMA journal_mode" command and
-** therefore cannot be changed without a compatibility break.
-*/
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY     (-1)  /* Query the value of journalmode */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE      0   /* Commit by deleting journal file */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST     1   /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF         2   /* Journal omitted.  */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE    3   /* Commit by truncating journal */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY      4   /* In-memory journal file */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL         5   /* Use write-ahead logging */
-
-/*
-** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerGet().
-*/
-#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT     0x01  /* Do not load data from disk */
-#define PAGER_GET_READONLY      0x02  /* Read-only page is acceptable */
-
-/*
-** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags()
-**
-** Value constraints (enforced via assert()):
-**    PAGER_FULLFSYNC      == SQLITE_FullFSync
-**    PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_CkptFullFSync
-**    PAGER_CACHE_SPILL    == SQLITE_CacheSpill
-*/
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF       0x01  /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL    0x02  /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL      0x03  /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA     0x04  /* PRAGMA synchronous=EXTRA */
-#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK      0x07  /* Mask for four values above */
-#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC             0x08  /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */
-#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC        0x10  /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */
-#define PAGER_CACHESPILL            0x20  /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */
-#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK            0x38  /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */
-
-/*
-** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
-** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for 
-** a detailed description of each routine.
-*/
-
-/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs*,
-  Pager **ppPager,
-  const char*,
-  int,
-  int,
-  int,
-  void(*)(DbPage*)
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
-
-/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*);
-
-/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage*);
-
-/* Operations on page references. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 
-
-/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*, int, int*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
-# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager*, sqlite3*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(y,z) SQLITE_OK
-# define sqlite3PagerWalDb(x,y)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
-#endif
-
-/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager*);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *);
-
-/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16);
-
-/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
-  void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
-  void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
-#else
-# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
-# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
-#endif
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_H */
-
-/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
 /************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/
 /************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/
 /*
@@ -16001,7 +16029,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
 **
 *************************************************************************
 ** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
-** subsystem. 
+** subsystem.
 */
 
 #ifndef _PCACHE_H_
@@ -16027,7 +16055,7 @@ struct PgHdr {
   u16 flags;                     /* PGHDR flags defined below */
 
   /**********************************************************************
-  ** Elements above, except pCache, are public.  All that follow are 
+  ** Elements above, except pCache, are public.  All that follow are
   ** private to pcache.c and should not be accessed by other modules.
   ** pCache is grouped with the public elements for efficiency.
   */
@@ -16080,7 +16108,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
 
 /* One release per successful fetch.  Page is pinned until released.
-** Reference counted. 
+** Reference counted.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**);
@@ -16124,7 +16152,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);
 
 #if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
 /* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
-** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the 
+** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the
 ** library is built.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
@@ -16299,10 +16327,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache);
 ** 2006-10-31:  The default prefix used to be "sqlite_".  But then
 ** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
 ** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
-** This annoyed many windows users.  Those users would then do a 
+** This annoyed many windows users.  Those users would then do a
 ** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
 ** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
-** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" 
+** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite"
 ** spelled backwards.  So the temp files are still identified, but
 ** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
 ** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
@@ -16343,9 +16371,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache);
 ** UnlockFile().
 **
 ** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
-** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
-** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
-** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
+** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the
 ** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
 ** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
 ** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
@@ -16364,7 +16392,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache);
 ** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
 ** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
 ** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
-** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
+** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST.
 **
 ** The same locking strategy and
 ** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possibility of having
@@ -16380,7 +16408,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache);
 ** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
 ** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
 ** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
-** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
+** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic
 ** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
 **
 ** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
@@ -16404,8 +16432,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache);
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void);
 
-/* 
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods 
+/*
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
@@ -16431,8 +16459,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *);
 
 
-/* 
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods 
+/*
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
@@ -16450,7 +16478,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*);
 
 /*
-** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using 
+** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using
 ** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
@@ -16520,9 +16548,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);
 */
 #define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X)    ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
 #define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)    
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)
 #define sqlite3_mutex_try(X)      SQLITE_OK
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)    
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
 #define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     ((void)(X),1)
 #define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  ((void)(X),1)
 #define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X)      ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
@@ -16826,7 +16854,7 @@ struct sqlite3 {
   int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
   int nMaxSorterMmap;           /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */
   struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
-    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
+    Pgno newTnum;               /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
     u8 iDb;                     /* Which db file is being initialized */
     u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
     unsigned orphanTrigger : 1; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
@@ -16841,7 +16869,10 @@ struct sqlite3 {
   int nVDestroy;                /* Number of active OP_VDestroy operations */
   int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
   void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared library handles */
-  int (*xTrace)(u32,void*,void*,void*);     /* Trace function */
+  union {
+    void (*xLegacy)(void*,const char*);     /* Legacy trace function */
+    int (*xV2)(u32,void*,void*,void*);      /* V2 Trace function */
+  } trace;
   void *pTraceArg;                          /* Argument to the trace function */
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
   void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */
@@ -16903,7 +16934,7 @@ struct sqlite3 {
   i64 nDeferredImmCons;         /* Net deferred immediate constraints */
   int *pnBytesFreed;            /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */
 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
-  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER
+  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MAIN
   ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c.
   **
   ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
@@ -16945,7 +16976,7 @@ struct sqlite3 {
 **      SQLITE_CkptFullFSync == PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC
 **      SQLITE_CacheSpill    == PAGER_CACHE_SPILL
 */
-#define SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00000001  /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
+#define SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00000001  /* OK to update SQLITE_SCHEMA */
 #define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00000002  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
 #define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000004  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
 #define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00000008  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
@@ -17140,7 +17171,7 @@ struct FuncDestructor {
 #define INLINEFUNC_coalesce             0
 #define INLINEFUNC_implies_nonnull_row  1
 #define INLINEFUNC_expr_implies_expr    2
-#define INLINEFUNC_expr_compare         3      
+#define INLINEFUNC_expr_compare         3
 #define INLINEFUNC_affinity             4
 #define INLINEFUNC_iif                  5
 #define INLINEFUNC_unlikely            99  /* Default case */
@@ -17185,7 +17216,7 @@ struct FuncDestructor {
 **   PURE_DATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
 **     Used for "pure" date/time functions, this macro is like DFUNCTION
 **     except that it does set the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flags.  iArg is
-**     ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an 
+**     ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an
 **     arbitrary non-NULL pointer.  The bNC parameter is not used.
 **
 **   AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
@@ -17465,7 +17496,7 @@ struct Table {
   char *zColAff;       /* String defining the affinity of each column */
   ExprList *pCheck;    /* All CHECK constraints */
                        /*   ... also used as column name list in a VIEW */
-  int tnum;            /* Root BTree page for this table */
+  Pgno tnum;           /* Root BTree page for this table */
   u32 nTabRef;         /* Number of pointers to this Table */
   u32 tabFlags;        /* Mask of TF_* values */
   i16 iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the rowid */
@@ -17739,7 +17770,7 @@ struct UnpackedRecord {
 ** element.
 **
 ** While parsing a CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement in order to
-** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_master
+** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_schema
 ** table as part of parsing an existing database schema), transient instances
 ** of this structure may be created. In this case the Index.tnum variable is
 ** used to store the address of a VDBE instruction, not a database page
@@ -17758,7 +17789,7 @@ struct Index {
   const char **azColl;     /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
   Expr *pPartIdxWhere;     /* WHERE clause for partial indices */
   ExprList *aColExpr;      /* Column expressions */
-  int tnum;                /* DB Page containing root of this index */
+  Pgno tnum;               /* DB Page containing root of this index */
   LogEst szIdxRow;         /* Estimated average row size in bytes */
   u16 nKeyCol;             /* Number of columns forming the key */
   u16 nColumn;             /* Number of columns stored in the index */
@@ -17863,7 +17894,7 @@ struct AggInfo {
   ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The group by clause */
   struct AggInfo_col {    /* For each column used in source tables */
     Table *pTab;             /* Source table */
-    Expr *pExpr;             /* The original expression */
+    Expr *pCExpr;            /* The original expression */
     int iTable;              /* Cursor number of the source table */
     int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
     i16 iColumn;             /* Column number within the source table */
@@ -17874,24 +17905,17 @@ struct AggInfo {
                           ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
                           ** aggregate functions */
   struct AggInfo_func {   /* For each aggregate function */
-    Expr *pExpr;             /* Expression encoding the function */
+    Expr *pFExpr;            /* Expression encoding the function */
     FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */
     int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
     int iDistinct;           /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
   } *aFunc;
   int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  int iAggMagic;          /* Magic number when valid */
-#endif
+  u32 selId;              /* Select to which this AggInfo belongs */
   AggInfo *pNext;         /* Next in list of them all */
 };
 
 /*
-** Value for AggInfo.iAggMagic when the structure is valid
-*/
-#define AggInfoMagic  0x2059e99e
-
-/*
 ** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit.
 ** Usually it is 16-bits.  But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater
 ** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit.  16-bit is preferred because
@@ -18067,7 +18091,7 @@ struct Expr {
 #define EP_Static    0x8000000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
 #define EP_IsTrue   0x10000000 /* Always has boolean value of TRUE */
 #define EP_IsFalse  0x20000000 /* Always has boolean value of FALSE */
-#define EP_FromDDL  0x40000000 /* Originates from sqlite_master */
+#define EP_FromDDL  0x40000000 /* Originates from sqlite_schema */
                /*   0x80000000 // Available */
 
 /*
@@ -18247,7 +18271,7 @@ struct SrcList {
       unsigned isCorrelated :1;  /* True if sub-query is correlated */
       unsigned viaCoroutine :1;  /* Implemented as a co-routine */
       unsigned isRecursive :1;   /* True for recursive reference in WITH */
-      unsigned fromDDL :1;       /* Comes from sqlite_master */
+      unsigned fromDDL :1;       /* Comes from sqlite_schema */
     } fg;
     int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
     Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
@@ -18368,7 +18392,7 @@ struct NameContext {
 #define NC_HasWin    0x08000  /* One or more window functions seen */
 #define NC_IsDDL     0x10000  /* Resolving names in a CREATE statement */
 #define NC_InAggFunc 0x20000  /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */
-#define NC_FromDDL   0x40000  /* SQL text comes from sqlite_master */
+#define NC_FromDDL   0x40000  /* SQL text comes from sqlite_schema */
 
 /*
 ** An instance of the following object describes a single ON CONFLICT
@@ -18379,7 +18403,7 @@ struct NameContext {
 ** conflict-target clause.)  The pUpsertTargetWhere is the optional
 ** WHERE clause used to identify partial unique indexes.
 **
-** pUpsertSet is the list of column=expr terms of the UPDATE statement. 
+** pUpsertSet is the list of column=expr terms of the UPDATE statement.
 ** The pUpsertSet field is NULL for a ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING.  The
 ** pUpsertWhere is the WHERE clause for the UPDATE and is NULL if the
 ** WHERE clause is omitted.
@@ -18472,6 +18496,7 @@ struct Select {
 #define SF_WinRewrite    0x0100000 /* Window function rewrite accomplished */
 #define SF_View          0x0200000 /* SELECT statement is a view */
 #define SF_NoopOrderBy   0x0400000 /* ORDER BY is ignored for this query */
+#define SF_UpdateFrom    0x0800000 /* Statement is an UPDATE...FROM */
 
 /*
 ** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined
@@ -18536,6 +18561,14 @@ struct Select {
 **     SRT_DistQueue   Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if
 **                     the same record has never been stored before.  The
 **                     index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores.
+**
+**     SRT_Upfrom      Store results in the temporary table already opened by
+**                     pDest->iSDParm. If (pDest->iSDParm<0), then the temp
+**                     table is an intkey table - in this case the first
+**                     column returned by the SELECT is used as the integer
+**                     key. If (pDest->iSDParm>0), then the table is an index
+**                     table. (pDest->iSDParm) is the number of key columns in
+**                     each index record in this case.
 */
 #define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
 #define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */
@@ -18555,14 +18588,16 @@ struct Select {
 #define SRT_EphemTab    12  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
 #define SRT_Coroutine   13  /* Generate a single row of result */
 #define SRT_Table       14  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
+#define SRT_Upfrom      15  /* Store result as data with rowid */
 
 /*
 ** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of
 ** a SELECT statement.
 */
 struct SelectDest {
-  u8 eDest;            /* How to dispose of the results.  On of SRT_* above. */
+  u8 eDest;            /* How to dispose of the results.  One of SRT_* above. */
   int iSDParm;         /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
+  int iSDParm2;        /* A second parameter for the eDest disposal method */
   int iSdst;           /* Base register where results are written */
   int nSdst;           /* Number of registers allocated */
   char *zAffSdst;      /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
@@ -18718,9 +18753,7 @@ struct Parse {
   ynVar nVar;               /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
   u8 iPkSortOrder;          /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
   u8 explain;               /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
-#if !(defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE))
   u8 eParseMode;            /* PARSE_MODE_XXX constant */
-#endif
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
   int nVtabLock;            /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
 #endif
@@ -18908,6 +18941,7 @@ struct TriggerStep {
   Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
   Select *pSelect;     /* SELECT statement or RHS of INSERT INTO SELECT ... */
   char *zTarget;       /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */
+  SrcList *pFrom;      /* FROM clause for UPDATE statement (if any) */
   Expr *pWhere;        /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
   ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE */
   IdList *pIdList;     /* Column names for INSERT */
@@ -18963,6 +18997,7 @@ typedef struct {
   int rc;             /* Result code stored here */
   u32 mInitFlags;     /* Flags controlling error messages */
   u32 nInitRow;       /* Number of rows processed */
+  Pgno mxPage;        /* Maximum page number.  0 for no limit. */
 } InitData;
 
 /*
@@ -19493,7 +19528,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3*,Table*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(Parse*,ExprList*,i16*,Column**);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(Parse*,Table*,Select*,char);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*,char);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenSchemaTable(Parse *, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(Index*, i16);
 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS
@@ -19576,6 +19611,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(Parse*, IdList*, Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendList(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p1, SrcList *p2);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*,
                                       Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
@@ -19594,7 +19630,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
                          Expr*,ExprList*,u32,Expr*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectReset(Parse*, Select*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
@@ -19746,13 +19781,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*,
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(Parse*,Token*, IdList*,
                                         Select*,u8,Upsert*,
                                         const char*,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Parse*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8,
-                                        const char*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Parse*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,
+                                        Expr*, u8, const char*,const char*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Parse*,Token*, Expr*,
                                         const char*,const char*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   SrcList *sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(Parse*, TriggerStep*);
 # define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
 # define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel==0)
 #else
@@ -19766,6 +19802,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Tab
 # define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
 # define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) 1
 # define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0
+# define sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(A,B) 0
 #endif
 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
@@ -19794,8 +19831,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RealSameAsInt(double,sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Int64ToText(i64,char*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetUInt32(const char*, u32*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*);
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
@@ -19915,14 +19954,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
 SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
 SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDefHash sqlite3BuiltinFunctions;
+SQLITE_API extern u32 sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace;
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
 #endif
-#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
 #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
 SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3NProfileCnt;
 #endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, Pgno, Pgno);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
@@ -19980,10 +20020,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*);
 #endif
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *,
   void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), 
+  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
   void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
   void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
-  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), 
+  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
   FuncDestructor *pDestructor
 );
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NoopDestructor(void*);
@@ -20036,7 +20076,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
 #endif
 
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, Pgno, u8, const char *);
 #else
   #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
 #endif
@@ -20343,7 +20383,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char **sqlite3CompileOptions(int *pnOpt);
 /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
 
 /* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
-** lower-case character. 
+** lower-case character.
 **
 ** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not
 ** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
@@ -20410,7 +20450,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
 ** The equivalent of tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
 ** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
 **
-** Bit 0x40 is set if the character is non-alphanumeric and can be used in an 
+** Bit 0x40 is set if the character is non-alphanumeric and can be used in an
 ** SQLite identifier.  Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any
 ** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is
 ** part of an identifier is 0x46.
@@ -20475,7 +20515,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = {
 #if !defined(SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN)
 # define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1
 #else
-# if !SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 
+# if !SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
 #   error "Compile-time disabling of covering index scan using the\
  -DSQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN=0 option is deprecated.\
  Contact SQLite developers if this is a problem for you, and\
@@ -20498,7 +20538,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = {
 ** if journal_mode=MEMORY or if temp_store=MEMORY, regardless of this
 ** setting.)
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL 
+#ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL
 # define SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL (64*1024)
 #endif
 
@@ -20628,12 +20668,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3NProfileCnt = 0;
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
 #endif
 
+/*
+** Flags for select tracing and the ".selecttrace" macro of the CLI
+*/
+SQLITE_API u32 sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace = 0;
+
 /* #include "opcodes.h" */
 /*
 ** Properties of opcodes.  The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
 ** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation.  Data is obtained
 ** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
-** the vdbe.c file.  
+** the vdbe.c file.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
 
@@ -20753,7 +20798,7 @@ struct VdbeCursor {
   Bool seekHit:1;         /* See the OP_SeekHit and OP_IfNoHope opcodes */
   Btree *pBtx;            /* Separate file holding temporary table */
   i64 seqCount;           /* Sequence counter */
-  int *aAltMap;           /* Mapping from table to index column numbers */
+  u32 *aAltMap;           /* Mapping from table to index column numbers */
 
   /* Cached OP_Column parse information is only valid if cacheStatus matches
   ** Vdbe.cacheCtr.  Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
@@ -20805,7 +20850,7 @@ struct VdbeCursor {
 ** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
 ** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
 ** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
-** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, 
+** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished,
 ** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
 ** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
 ** began executing.
@@ -20902,7 +20947,7 @@ struct sqlite3_value {
 ** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
 ** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
 ** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
-** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
+** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real
 ** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
 */
 #define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL (or a pointer) */
@@ -20963,7 +21008,7 @@ struct sqlite3_value {
 #endif
 
 /*
-** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function 
+** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function
 ** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance
 ** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM
 ** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed
@@ -21123,7 +21168,7 @@ struct Vdbe {
 #define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0x5606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
 
 /*
-** Structure used to store the context required by the 
+** Structure used to store the context required by the
 ** sqlite3_preupdate_*() API functions.
 */
 struct PreUpdate {
@@ -21138,7 +21183,7 @@ struct PreUpdate {
   i64 iKey1;                      /* First key value passed to hook */
   i64 iKey2;                      /* Second key value passed to hook */
   Mem *aNew;                      /* Array of new.* values */
-  Table *pTab;                    /* Schema object being upated */          
+  Table *pTab;                    /* Schema object being upated */
   Index *pPk;                     /* PK index if pTab is WITHOUT ROWID */
 };
 
@@ -21149,7 +21194,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeError(Vdbe*, const char *, ...);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
 void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3VdbeFinishMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor**, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor**, u32*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8);
@@ -21244,7 +21289,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(Vdbe*);
 # define sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(V)
 #endif
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) 
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
 #else
 # define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
@@ -21526,7 +21571,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
       break;
     }
 
-    /* 
+    /*
     ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used
     ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection.  The
     ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero.
@@ -21570,7 +21615,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
           HashElem *p;
 
           nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * (
-              pSchema->tblHash.count 
+              pSchema->tblHash.count
             + pSchema->trigHash.count
             + pSchema->idxHash.count
             + pSchema->fkeyHash.count
@@ -21620,12 +21665,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
 
     /*
     ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all
-    ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set 
+    ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set
     ** to zero.
     */
     case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL:
       op = SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1;
-      /* Fall through into the next case */
+      /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
     case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT:
     case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS:
     case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{
@@ -21679,7 +21724,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
 **
 *************************************************************************
 ** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
-** functions for SQLite.  
+** functions for SQLite.
 **
 ** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
 ** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
@@ -21688,7 +21733,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
 ** SQLite processes all times and dates as julian day numbers.  The
 ** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
 ** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
-** calendar system. 
+** calendar system.
 **
 ** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
 ** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
@@ -22036,7 +22081,7 @@ static void setRawDateNumber(DateTime *p, double r){
 ** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
 **
 **      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
-**      DDDD.DD 
+**      DDDD.DD
 **      now
 **
 ** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
@@ -22046,8 +22091,8 @@ static void setRawDateNumber(DateTime *p, double r){
 ** as there is a year and date.
 */
 static int parseDateOrTime(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  const char *zDate, 
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  const char *zDate,
   DateTime *p
 ){
   double r;
@@ -22068,7 +22113,7 @@ static int parseDateOrTime(
 ** Multiplying this by 86400000 gives 464269060799999 as the maximum value
 ** for DateTime.iJD.
 **
-** But some older compilers (ex: gcc 4.2.1 on older Macs) cannot deal with 
+** But some older compilers (ex: gcc 4.2.1 on older Macs) cannot deal with
 ** such a large integer literal, so we have to encode it.
 */
 #define INT_464269060799999  ((((i64)0x1a640)<<32)|0x1072fdff)
@@ -22150,14 +22195,14 @@ static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
 /*
 ** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
-** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to 
-** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the 
+** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to
+** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the
 ** order of the parameters is reversed.
 **
 ** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
 **
 ** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
-** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides 
+** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides
 ** localtime_s().
 */
 #if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S \
@@ -22184,7 +22229,7 @@ static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){
 #if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S
   struct tm *pX;
 #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN);
 #endif
   sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
   pX = localtime(t);
@@ -22213,7 +22258,7 @@ static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){
 /*
 ** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC
 ** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs,
-** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. 
+** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK.
 **
 ** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value
 ** is undefined in this case.
@@ -22540,9 +22585,9 @@ static int parseModifier(
 ** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
 */
 static int isDate(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv, 
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv,
   DateTime *p
 ){
   int i, n;
@@ -22781,8 +22826,8 @@ static void strftimeFunc(
         case 'm':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
         case 'M':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
         case 's': {
-          sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld",
-                           (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000));
+          i64 iS = (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
+          sqlite3Int64ToText(iS, &z[j]);
           j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
           break;
         }
@@ -22880,10 +22925,10 @@ static void currentTimeFunc(
 #if HAVE_GMTIME_R
   pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
 #else
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN));
   pTm = gmtime(&t);
   if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow));
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN));
 #endif
   if( pTm ){
     strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
@@ -23187,7 +23232,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufO
   }else{
     return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
   }
-  
+
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
   return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
@@ -23274,7 +23319,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
   if( rc ) return 0;
 #endif
 #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN);
 #endif
   sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
   for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
@@ -23289,7 +23334,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
 ** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
 */
 static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN)) );
   if( pVfs==0 ){
     /* No-op */
   }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
@@ -23320,7 +23365,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
   if( pVfs==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
 #endif
 
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); )
   sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
   vfsUnlink(pVfs);
   if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
@@ -23344,7 +23389,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
   int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
   if( rc ) return rc;
 #endif
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); )
   sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
   vfsUnlink(pVfs);
   sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
@@ -23365,17 +23410,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
 **
 *************************************************************************
 **
-** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" 
+** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign"
 ** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
 ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
-** and returns 0). 
+** and returns 0).
 **
 ** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
 ** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
 ** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
-** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this 
-** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The 
-** hash table will continue to function normally.  So a malloc failure 
+** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this
+** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The
+** hash table will continue to function normally.  So a malloc failure
 ** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
 */
 
@@ -23577,7 +23622,7 @@ static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_;
 #else /* if not __APPLE__ */
 
 /*
-** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems.  
+** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems.
 ** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined.
 */
 #define SQLITE_MALLOC(x)             malloc(x)
@@ -23757,7 +23802,7 @@ static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
     /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */
     _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone();
   }else{
-    /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, 
+    /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks,
     ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */
     _sqliteZone_ = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0);
     malloc_set_zone_name(_sqliteZone_, "Sqlite_Heap");
@@ -23881,7 +23926,7 @@ struct MemBlockHdr {
 ** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
 */
 static struct {
-  
+
   /*
   ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
   */
@@ -23892,7 +23937,7 @@ static struct {
   */
   struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst;
   struct MemBlockHdr *pLast;
-  
+
   /*
   ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations.
   */
@@ -23905,7 +23950,7 @@ static struct {
   int nTitle;        /* Bytes of zTitle to save.  Includes '\0' and padding */
   char zTitle[100];  /* The title text */
 
-  /* 
+  /*
   ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter.
   ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it.
   */
@@ -23964,7 +24009,7 @@ static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){
   pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
   assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD );
   /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due
-  ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure 
+  ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure
   ** they haven't been overwritten.
   */
   while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 );
@@ -24093,7 +24138,7 @@ static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
     p = (void*)pInt;
   }
   sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
-  return p; 
+  return p;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -24103,7 +24148,7 @@ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
   struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
   void **pBt;
   char *z;
-  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 
+  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0
        || mem.mutex!=0 );
   pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
   pBt = (void**)pHdr;
@@ -24129,15 +24174,15 @@ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
   randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
                 (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
   free(z);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
 }
 
 /*
 ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
 **
 ** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the
-** allocation into a new place in memory.  In this way, if the 
-** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is 
+** allocation into a new place in memory.  In this way, if the
+** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is
 ** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find
 ** the error.
 */
@@ -24180,7 +24225,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
 ** Set the "type" of an allocation.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){
-  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree==sqlite3MemFree ){
     struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
     pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
     assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );
@@ -24199,7 +24244,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){
   int rc = 1;
-  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree==sqlite3MemFree ){
     struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
     pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
     assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
@@ -24221,7 +24266,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){
   int rc = 1;
-  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree==sqlite3MemFree ){
     struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
     pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
     assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
@@ -24271,7 +24316,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){
 }
 
 /*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
 ** allocations into that log.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
@@ -24288,7 +24333,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
   for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
     char *z = (char*)pHdr;
     z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle;
-    fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", 
+    fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n",
             pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???");
     if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){
       fflush(out);
@@ -24301,7 +24346,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
   fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n");
   for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){
     if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){
-      fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", 
+      fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
             i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]);
     }
   }
@@ -24342,12 +24387,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){
 **
 *************************************************************************
 ** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.
 **
 ** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
 ** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
 ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
-** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc()
 ** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
 ** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
 ** be changed.
@@ -24378,8 +24423,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){
 #define N_HASH  61
 
 /*
-** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or 
-** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes.  The first 8 bytes are 
+** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or
+** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes.  The first 8 bytes are
 ** a header that is not returned to the user.
 **
 ** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or
@@ -24402,10 +24447,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){
 **
 ** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list.  The
 ** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes.
-** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] 
+** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[]
 ** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks.
 **
-** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked 
+** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked
 ** out.  If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into
 ** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk.
 */
@@ -24441,28 +24486,28 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global {
   ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback.
   */
   int alarmBusy;
-  
+
   /*
   ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
   */
   sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-  
+
   /*
   ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen.
   */
-  u32 mnMaster;
+  u32 mnKeyBlk;
 
   /*
-  ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk.  Most new allocations
-  ** occur off of this chunk.  szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks)
-  ** of the current master.  iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk.
-  ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[].
+  ** iKeyBlk is the index of the key chunk.  Most new allocations
+  ** occur off of this chunk.  szKeyBlk is the size (in Mem3Blocks)
+  ** of the current key chunk.  iKeyBlk is 0 if there is no key chunk.
+  ** The key chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[].
   */
-  u32 iMaster;
-  u32 szMaster;
+  u32 iKeyBlk;
+  u32 szKeyBlk;
 
   /*
-  ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size 
+  ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size
   ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger
   ** chunks.
   */
@@ -24493,7 +24538,7 @@ static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
 }
 
 /*
-** Unlink the chunk at index i from 
+** Unlink the chunk at index i from
 ** whatever list is currently a member of.
 */
 static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){
@@ -24577,8 +24622,8 @@ static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){
 
 
 /*
-** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked.  Adjust its 
-** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the 
+** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked.  Adjust its
+** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the
 ** user portion of the chunk.
 */
 static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){
@@ -24595,34 +24640,34 @@ static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){
 }
 
 /*
-** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk.
-** Return a pointer to the new allocation.  Or, if the master chunk
+** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iKeyBlk free chunk.
+** Return a pointer to the new allocation.  Or, if the key chunk
 ** is not large enough, return 0.
 */
-static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){
+static void *memsys3FromKeyBlk(u32 nBlock){
   assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock );
-  if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){
-    /* Use the entire master */
-    void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster);
-    mem3.iMaster = 0;
-    mem3.szMaster = 0;
-    mem3.mnMaster = 0;
+  assert( mem3.szKeyBlk>=nBlock );
+  if( nBlock>=mem3.szKeyBlk-1 ){
+    /* Use the entire key chunk */
+    void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iKeyBlk, mem3.szKeyBlk);
+    mem3.iKeyBlk = 0;
+    mem3.szKeyBlk = 0;
+    mem3.mnKeyBlk = 0;
     return p;
   }else{
-    /* Split the master block.  Return the tail. */
+    /* Split the key block.  Return the tail. */
     u32 newi, x;
-    newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock;
-    assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 );
-    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
-    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
+    newi = mem3.iKeyBlk + mem3.szKeyBlk - nBlock;
+    assert( newi > mem3.iKeyBlk+1 );
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
     mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1;
-    mem3.szMaster -= nBlock;
-    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
-    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
-    if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){
-      mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
+    mem3.szKeyBlk -= nBlock;
+    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szKeyBlk;
+    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szKeyBlk*4 | x;
+    if( mem3.szKeyBlk < mem3.mnKeyBlk ){
+      mem3.mnKeyBlk = mem3.szKeyBlk;
     }
     return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi];
   }
@@ -24631,18 +24676,18 @@ static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){
 /*
 ** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size
 ** or same size hash.  In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either
-** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].  
+** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].
 **
 ** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries
-** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.  
+** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.
 **
-** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces 
-** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk.  In order for
-** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
+** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iKeyBlk, it replaces
+** the current mem3.iKeyBlk with the new larger chunk.  In order for
+** this mem3.iKeyBlk replacement to work, the key chunk must be
 ** linked into the hash tables.  That is not the normal state of
-** affairs, of course.  The calling routine must link the master
+** affairs, of course.  The calling routine must link the key
 ** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly
-** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished.
+** changed) key chunk once this routine has finished.
 */
 static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
   u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x;
@@ -24669,9 +24714,9 @@ static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
     }else{
       size /= 4;
     }
-    if( size>mem3.szMaster ){
-      mem3.iMaster = i;
-      mem3.szMaster = size;
+    if( size>mem3.szKeyBlk ){
+      mem3.iKeyBlk = i;
+      mem3.szKeyBlk = size;
     }
   }
 }
@@ -24720,26 +24765,26 @@ static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
 
   /* STEP 2:
   ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end
-  ** of the master chunk.  This step usually works if step 1 fails.
+  ** of the key chunk.  This step usually works if step 1 fails.
   */
-  if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
-    return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
+  if( mem3.szKeyBlk>=nBlock ){
+    return memsys3FromKeyBlk(nBlock);
   }
 
 
-  /* STEP 3:  
+  /* STEP 3:
   ** Loop through the entire memory pool.  Coalesce adjacent free
-  ** chunks.  Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk.
+  ** chunks.  Recompute the key chunk as the largest free chunk.
   ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off
-  ** of the end of the master chunk.  This step happens very
+  ** of the end of the key chunk.  This step happens very
   ** rarely (we hope!)
   */
   for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){
     memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree);
-    if( mem3.iMaster ){
-      memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster);
-      mem3.iMaster = 0;
-      mem3.szMaster = 0;
+    if( mem3.iKeyBlk ){
+      memsys3Link(mem3.iKeyBlk);
+      mem3.iKeyBlk = 0;
+      mem3.szKeyBlk = 0;
     }
     for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
       memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]);
@@ -24747,10 +24792,10 @@ static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
     for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
       memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]);
     }
-    if( mem3.szMaster ){
-      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
-      if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
-        return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
+    if( mem3.szKeyBlk ){
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iKeyBlk);
+      if( mem3.szKeyBlk>=nBlock ){
+        return memsys3FromKeyBlk(nBlock);
       }
     }
   }
@@ -24780,23 +24825,23 @@ static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
   mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2;
   memsys3Link(i);
 
-  /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */
-  if( mem3.iMaster ){
-    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
-      size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
-      mem3.iMaster -= size;
-      mem3.szMaster += size;
-      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
-      x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+  /* Try to expand the key using the newly freed chunk */
+  if( mem3.iKeyBlk ){
+    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
+      size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
+      mem3.iKeyBlk -= size;
+      mem3.szKeyBlk += size;
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iKeyBlk);
+      x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szKeyBlk*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szKeyBlk;
     }
-    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
-      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster);
-      mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk);
+      mem3.szKeyBlk += mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szKeyBlk*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szKeyBlk;
     }
   }
 }
@@ -24834,7 +24879,7 @@ static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){
   memsys3Enter();
   p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
   memsys3Leave();
-  return (void*)p; 
+  return (void*)p;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -24892,11 +24937,11 @@ static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){
   mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
   mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2;
 
-  /* Initialize the master block. */
-  mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool;
-  mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
-  mem3.iMaster = 1;
-  mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2;
+  /* Initialize the key block. */
+  mem3.szKeyBlk = mem3.nPool;
+  mem3.mnKeyBlk = mem3.szKeyBlk;
+  mem3.iKeyBlk = 1;
+  mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szKeyBlk<<2) + 2;
   mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool;
   mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1;
 
@@ -24915,7 +24960,7 @@ static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
 
 
 /*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
 ** allocations into that log.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
@@ -24956,7 +25001,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
       fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8);
     }else{
       fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8,
-                  i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : "");
+                  i==mem3.iKeyBlk ? " **key**" : "");
     }
   }
   for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
@@ -24966,7 +25011,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
       fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
               (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
     }
-    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
+    fprintf(out, "\n");
   }
   for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
     if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue;
@@ -24975,11 +25020,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
       fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
               (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
     }
-    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
+    fprintf(out, "\n");
   }
-  fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster);
-  fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8);
-  fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8);
+  fprintf(out, "key=%d\n", mem3.iKeyBlk);
+  fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szKeyBlk*8);
+  fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnKeyBlk*8);
   sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
   if( out==stdout ){
     fflush(stdout);
@@ -24992,7 +25037,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
 ** linkage.
 **
 ** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
@@ -25032,12 +25077,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
 **
 *************************************************************************
 ** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.
 **
 ** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
 ** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory
 ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
-** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc()
 ** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
 ** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
 ** be changed.
@@ -25057,12 +25102,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
 ** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions
 ** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for
 ** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499.
-** 
+**
 ** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum
 ** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.)  Let M
 ** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time.  Let
 ** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation.  Robson
-** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to 
+** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to
 ** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds:
 **
 **      N >=  M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1
@@ -25073,7 +25118,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
 /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
 
 /*
-** This version of the memory allocator is used only when 
+** This version of the memory allocator is used only when
 ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
 */
 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
@@ -25118,7 +25163,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
   int szAtom;      /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
   int nBlock;      /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */
   u8 *zPool;       /* Memory available to be allocated */
-  
+
   /*
   ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
   */
@@ -25137,7 +25182,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
   u32 maxCount;       /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
   u32 maxRequest;     /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
 #endif
-  
+
   /*
   ** Lists of free blocks.  aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of
   ** size mem5.szAtom.  aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2.
@@ -25313,7 +25358,7 @@ static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
   u32 size, iLogsize;
   int iBlock;
 
-  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in 
+  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in
   ** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
   */
   iBlock = (int)(((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom);
@@ -25382,7 +25427,7 @@ static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){
     p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
     memsys5Leave();
   }
-  return (void*)p; 
+  return (void*)p;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -25395,14 +25440,14 @@ static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){
   assert( pPrior!=0 );
   memsys5Enter();
   memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
-  memsys5Leave();  
+  memsys5Leave();
 }
 
 /*
 ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
 **
 ** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
-** being called with pPrior==0.  
+** being called with pPrior==0.
 **
 ** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to
 ** memsys5Round().  Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power
@@ -25535,7 +25580,7 @@ static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
 /*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
 ** allocations into that log.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
@@ -25577,7 +25622,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
 #endif
 
 /*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
 ** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
 ** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
 */
@@ -25632,7 +25677,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0;
 /*
 ** This block (enclosed by SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS) contains
 ** the implementation of a wrapper around the system default mutex
-** implementation (sqlite3DefaultMutex()). 
+** implementation (sqlite3DefaultMutex()).
 **
 ** Most calls are passed directly through to the underlying default
 ** mutex implementation. Except, if a mutex is configured by calling
@@ -25643,7 +25688,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0;
 ** apps that usually use SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD mode.
 */
 
-/* 
+/*
 ** Type for all mutexes used when SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS
 ** is defined. Variable CheckMutex.mutex is a pointer to the real mutex
 ** allocated by the system mutex implementation. Variable iType is usually set
@@ -25660,9 +25705,9 @@ struct CheckMutex {
 
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION  (-1)
 
-/* 
+/*
 ** Pointer to real mutex methods object used by the CheckMutex
-** implementation. Set by checkMutexInit(). 
+** implementation. Set by checkMutexInit().
 */
 static SQLITE_WSD const sqlite3_mutex_methods *pGlobalMutexMethods;
 
@@ -25678,13 +25723,13 @@ static int checkMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 /*
 ** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
 */
-static int checkMutexInit(void){ 
+static int checkMutexInit(void){
   pGlobalMutexMethods = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-static int checkMutexEnd(void){ 
+static int checkMutexEnd(void){
   pGlobalMutexMethods = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -25758,7 +25803,7 @@ static void checkMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
     if( SQLITE_OK==pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexTry(pCheck->mutex) ){
       return;
     }
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
         "illegal multi-threaded access to database connection"
     );
   }
@@ -25817,11 +25862,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 /*
 ** Initialize the mutex system.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
     /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
-    ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to 
+    ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to
     ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
     ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
     */
@@ -25933,7 +25978,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 
 /*
 ** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously
-** entered by the same thread.  The behavior is undefined if the mutex 
+** entered by the same thread.  The behavior is undefined if the mutex
 ** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument
 ** this function is a no-op.
 */
@@ -26002,9 +26047,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 */
 static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
 static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ 
+static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){
   UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
-  return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; 
+  return (sqlite3_mutex*)8;
 }
 static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
 static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
@@ -26069,7 +26114,7 @@ static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
 /*
 ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
 ** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.
 */
 static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
   static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 - 1];
@@ -26247,7 +26292,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
 ** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
 ** deliver incorrect results.  In particular, if pthread_equal() is
 ** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
-** incorrect results.  On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a 
+** incorrect results.  On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a
 ** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic.  But we are
 ** told that HPUX is not such a platform.  If so, then these routines
 ** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
@@ -26295,7 +26340,7 @@ static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
 ** <ul>
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
@@ -26329,7 +26374,7 @@ static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
 **
 ** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
 ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static
 ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
 ** the same type number.
 */
@@ -26440,7 +26485,7 @@ static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
   ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
   ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
-  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
+  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that
   ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
   ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
   ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
@@ -26483,7 +26528,7 @@ static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
   ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
   ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
-  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
+  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that
   ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
   ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
   ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
@@ -26696,7 +26741,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
       __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
       return val;
   }
- 
+
 #elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
 
   __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
@@ -27041,7 +27086,7 @@ static int winMutexEnd(void){
 ** <ul>
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
 ** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
@@ -27485,7 +27530,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
 }
 
 /*
-** Trigger the alarm 
+** Trigger the alarm
 */
 static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){
   if( mem0.alarmThreshold<=0 ) return;
@@ -27605,11 +27650,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
   return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
 }
 static int lookasideMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE    
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE
   return p<db->lookaside.pMiddle ? db->lookaside.szTrue : LOOKASIDE_SMALL;
 #else
   return db->lookaside.szTrue;
-#endif  
+#endif
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
   assert( p!=0 );
@@ -27749,7 +27794,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, u64 nBytes){
     sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
     sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, (int)nBytes);
     nDiff = nNew - nOld;
-    if( nDiff>0 && sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= 
+    if( nDiff>0 && sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >=
           mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){
       sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff);
     }
@@ -27793,7 +27838,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void *pOld, sqlite3_uint64 n){
 
 /*
 ** Allocate and zero memory.
-*/ 
+*/
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64 n){
   void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
   if( p ){
@@ -27823,13 +27868,13 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *dbMallocRawFinish(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){
   assert( db!=0 );
   p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
   if( !p ) sqlite3OomFault(db);
-  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, 
+  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p,
          (db->lookaside.bDisable==0) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP);
   return p;
 }
 
 /*
-** Allocate memory, either lookaside (if possible) or heap.  
+** Allocate memory, either lookaside (if possible) or heap.
 ** If the allocation fails, set the mallocFailed flag in
 ** the connection pointer.
 **
@@ -27865,7 +27910,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){
   assert( db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
   if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){
     if( !db->lookaside.bDisable ){
-      db->lookaside.anStat[1]++;      
+      db->lookaside.anStat[1]++;
     }else if( db->mallocFailed ){
       return 0;
     }
@@ -27969,9 +28014,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){
 }
 
 /*
-** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These 
+** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These
 ** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This
-** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are 
+** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are
 ** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
 ** ThreadData structure.
 */
@@ -27991,11 +28036,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
 SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, u64 n){
   char *zNew;
   assert( db!=0 );
-  if( z==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
+  assert( z!=0 || n==0 );
   assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
-  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n+1);
+  zNew = z ? sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n+1) : 0;
   if( zNew ){
     memcpy(zNew, z, (size_t)n);
     zNew[n] = 0;
@@ -28069,20 +28112,20 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int apiOomError(sqlite3 *db){
 }
 
 /*
-** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
+** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e.
 ** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
 ** sqlite3_realloc.
 **
 ** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
 ** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous
-** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. 
+** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead.
 **
 ** If an OOM as occurred, then the connection error-code (the value
 ** returned by sqlite3_errcode()) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
   /* If the db handle must hold the connection handle mutex here.
-  ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed 
+  ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed
   ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
   */
   assert( db!=0 );
@@ -28097,7 +28140,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
 /************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/
 /*
 ** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
-** the public domain. 
+** the public domain.
 **
 **************************************************************************
 **
@@ -28339,7 +28382,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf(
   PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
   char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
 
-  /* pAccum never starts out with an empty buffer that was obtained from 
+  /* pAccum never starts out with an empty buffer that was obtained from
   ** malloc().  This precondition is required by the mprintf("%z...")
   ** optimization. */
   assert( pAccum->nChar>0 || (pAccum->printfFlags&SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED)==0 );
@@ -28504,11 +28547,11 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf(
       case etPOINTER:
         flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64) ? 2 :
                      sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int) ? 1 : 0;
-        /* Fall through into the next case */
+        /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
       case etORDINAL:
-      case etRADIX:      
+      case etRADIX:
         cThousand = 0;
-        /* Fall through into the next case */
+        /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through
       case etDECIMAL:
         if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
           i64 v;
@@ -29264,7 +29307,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
   char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
   StrAccum acc;
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR  
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
   if( zFormat==0 ){
     (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
     return 0;
@@ -29423,7 +29466,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendf(StrAccum *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
 **
 ** This file contains C code to implement the TreeView debugging routines.
 ** These routines print a parse tree to standard output for debugging and
-** analysis. 
+** analysis.
 **
 ** The interfaces in this file is only available when compiling
 ** with SQLITE_DEBUG.
@@ -29562,7 +29605,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSrcList(TreeView *pView, const SrcList *pSrc)
       sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " DDL");
     }
     sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x);
-    sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<pSrc->nSrc-1); 
+    sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<pSrc->nSrc-1);
     if( pItem->pSelect ){
       sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pItem->pSelect, 0);
     }
@@ -29582,7 +29625,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView *pView, const Select *p, u8 m
   if( p==0 ){
     sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil-SELECT");
     return;
-  } 
+  }
   pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
   if( p->pWith ){
     sqlite3TreeViewWith(pView, p->pWith, 1);
@@ -29990,11 +30033,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 m
         pWin = ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ? pExpr->y.pWin : 0;
 #else
         pWin = 0;
-#endif 
+#endif
       }
       if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){
-        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q%s iAgg=%d agg=%p",
+        sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q%s agg=%d[%d]/%p",
                              pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken, zFlgs,
+                             pExpr->pAggInfo ? pExpr->pAggInfo->selId : 0,
                              pExpr->iAgg, pExpr->pAggInfo);
       }else if( pExpr->op2!=0 ){
         const char *zOp2;
@@ -30027,7 +30071,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 m
       break;
     }
     case TK_SELECT: {
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT-expr flags=0x%x", pExpr->flags);
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "subquery-expr flags=0x%x", pExpr->flags);
       sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0);
       break;
     }
@@ -30072,7 +30116,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 m
       ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
       ** read the rowid field.
       */
-      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)", 
+      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)",
           pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn);
       break;
     }
@@ -30394,13 +30438,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate(
   memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
   p->xTask = xTask;
   p->pIn = pIn;
-  /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a 
+  /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a
   ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that
-  ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically 
+  ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically
   ** for testing purposes. */
   if( sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){
     rc = 1;
-  }else{    
+  }else{
     rc = pthread_create(&p->tid, 0, xTask, pIn);
   }
   if( rc ){
@@ -30482,9 +30526,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate(
   *ppThread = 0;
   p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p));
   if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
-  /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a 
+  /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a
   ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that
-  ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically 
+  ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically
   ** (via the sqlite3FaultSim() term of the conditional) for testing
   ** purposes. */
   if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){
@@ -30613,7 +30657,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
 *************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
+** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8,
 ** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
 **
 ** Notes on UTF-8:
@@ -30774,7 +30818,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(
 /*
 ** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
 ** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
-*/ 
+*/
 /* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
 
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
@@ -30801,13 +30845,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desired
   {
     StrAccum acc;
     char zBuf[1000];
-    sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);  
+    sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
     sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, &acc);
     fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc));
   }
 #endif
 
-  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
+  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then
   ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
   ** differently from the others.
   */
@@ -30946,9 +30990,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desired
   *z = 0;
   assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
 
-  c = pMem->flags;
+  c = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|(pMem->flags&(MEM_AffMask|MEM_Subtype));
   sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-  pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|(c&(MEM_AffMask|MEM_Subtype));
+  pMem->flags = c;
   pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
   pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
   pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;
@@ -30959,7 +31003,7 @@ translate_out:
   {
     StrAccum acc;
     char zBuf[1000];
-    sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);  
+    sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
     sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, &acc);
     fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc));
   }
@@ -30970,7 +31014,7 @@ translate_out:
 
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
 /*
-** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
+** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the
 ** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
 ** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
 ** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
@@ -30993,7 +31037,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
       bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
     }
   }
-  
+
   if( bom ){
     rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -31013,7 +31057,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
 ** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
 ** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
 ** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
-** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
+** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to
 ** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
@@ -31033,7 +31077,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
   return r;
 }
 
-/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. 
+/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite.
 ** Hence it is only available in debug builds.
 */
 #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
@@ -31095,7 +31139,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
   int c;
   unsigned char const *z = zIn;
   int n = 0;
-  
+
   if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE ) z++;
   while( n<nChar ){
     c = z[0];
@@ -31103,7 +31147,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
     if( c>=0xd8 && c<0xdc && z[0]>=0xdc && z[0]<0xe0 ) z += 2;
     n++;
   }
-  return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn) 
+  return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn)
               - (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE);
 }
 
@@ -31175,7 +31219,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
 
 /*
 ** Calls to sqlite3FaultSim() are used to simulate a failure during testing,
-** or to bypass normal error detection during testing in order to let 
+** or to bypass normal error detection during testing in order to let
 ** execute proceed futher downstream.
 **
 ** In deployment, sqlite3FaultSim() *always* return SQLITE_OK (0).  The
@@ -31224,7 +31268,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the declared type of a column.  Or return zDflt if the column 
+** Return the declared type of a column.  Or return zDflt if the column
 ** has no declared type.
 **
 ** The column type is an extra string stored after the zero-terminator on
@@ -31507,7 +31551,7 @@ static LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite3Pow10(int E){
     if( E==0 ) break;
     x *= x;
   }
-  return r; 
+  return r;
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -31524,7 +31568,7 @@ static LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite3Pow10(int E){
 **      1          =>  The input string is a pure integer
 **      2 or more  =>  The input has a decimal point or eNNN clause
 **      0 or less  =>  The input string is not a valid number
-**     -1          =>  Not a valid number, but has a valid prefix which 
+**     -1          =>  Not a valid number, but has a valid prefix which
 **                     includes a decimal point and/or an eNNN clause
 **
 ** Valid numbers are in one of these formats:
@@ -31625,7 +31669,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 en
     eValid = 0;
     eType++;
 
-    /* This branch is needed to avoid a (harmless) buffer overread.  The 
+    /* This branch is needed to avoid a (harmless) buffer overread.  The
     ** special comment alerts the mutation tester that the correct answer
     ** is obtained even if the branch is omitted */
     if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;              /*PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD*/
@@ -31738,6 +31782,30 @@ do_atof_calc:
 #endif
 
 /*
+** Render an signed 64-bit integer as text.  Store the result in zOut[].
+**
+** The caller must ensure that zOut[] is at least 21 bytes in size.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Int64ToText(i64 v, char *zOut){
+  int i;
+  u64 x;
+  char zTemp[22];
+  if( v<0 ){
+    x = (v==SMALLEST_INT64) ? ((u64)1)<<63 : (u64)-v;
+  }else{
+    x = v;
+  }
+  i = sizeof(zTemp)-2;
+  zTemp[sizeof(zTemp)-1] = 0;
+  do{
+    zTemp[i--] = (x%10) + '0';
+    x = x/10;
+  }while( x );
+  if( v<0 ) zTemp[i--] = '-';
+  memcpy(zOut, &zTemp[i+1], sizeof(zTemp)-1-i);
+}
+
+/*
 ** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation
 ** value 2^63:  9223372036854775808.  Return negative, zero, or positive
 ** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string.
@@ -31977,11 +32045,29 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){
   int x = 0;
-  if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x);
+  sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x);
   return x;
 }
 
 /*
+** Try to convert z into an unsigned 32-bit integer.  Return true on
+** success and false if there is an error.
+**
+** Only decimal notation is accepted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetUInt32(const char *z, u32 *pI){
+  u64 v = 0;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){
+    v = v*10 + z[i] - '0';
+    if( v>4294967296LL ){ *pI = 0; return 0; }
+  }
+  if( i==0 || z[i]!=0 ){ *pI = 0; return 0; }
+  *pI = (u32)v;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
 ** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
 **
 ** KEY:
@@ -32021,7 +32107,7 @@ static int SQLITE_NOINLINE putVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
       v >>= 7;
     }
     return 9;
-  }    
+  }
   n = 0;
   do{
     buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
@@ -32221,8 +32307,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
 ** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned
 ** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff.
 **
-** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the 
-** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as 
+** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the
+** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as
 ** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
@@ -32283,8 +32369,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
     u64 v64;
     u8 n;
 
-    p -= 2;
-    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
+    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p-2, &v64);
     assert( n>3 && n<=9 );
     if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){
       *v = 0xffffffff;
@@ -32440,7 +32525,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
 ** argument.  The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid".
 */
 static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){
-  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
      "API call with %s database connection pointer",
      zType
   );
@@ -32514,7 +32599,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
     if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1;
   }
   *pA += iB;
-  return 0; 
+  return 0;
 #endif
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
@@ -32555,7 +32640,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
 }
 
 /*
-** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible.  Or 
+** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible.  Or
 ** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){
@@ -32595,11 +32680,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){
 }
 #endif
 
-/* 
+/*
 ** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values.  This computation is
 ** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic
 ** value.
-** 
+**
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){
   static const unsigned char x[] = {
@@ -32713,8 +32798,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){
 ** Conceptually:
 **
 **    struct VList {
-**      int nAlloc;   // Number of allocated slots 
-**      int nUsed;    // Number of used slots 
+**      int nAlloc;   // Number of allocated slots
+**      int nUsed;    // Number of used slots
 **      struct VListEntry {
 **        int iValue;    // Value for this entry
 **        int nSlot;     // Slots used by this entry
@@ -32723,7 +32808,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){
 **    }
 **
 ** During code generation, pointers to the variable names within the
-** VList are taken.  When that happens, nAlloc is set to zero as an 
+** VList are taken.  When that happens, nAlloc is set to zero as an
 ** indication that the VList may never again be enlarged, since the
 ** accompanying realloc() would invalidate the pointers.
 */
@@ -32914,7 +32999,7 @@ static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){
 
   /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is
   ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error.  So mark the
-  ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of 
+  ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of
   ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero()
   ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will
   ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which
@@ -32966,7 +33051,7 @@ static HashElem *findElementWithHash(
   if( pHash ) *pHash = h;
   while( count-- ){
     assert( elem!=0 );
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){ 
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){
       return elem;
     }
     elem = elem->next;
@@ -32984,7 +33069,7 @@ static void removeElementGivenHash(
 ){
   struct _ht *pEntry;
   if( elem->prev ){
-    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next;
   }else{
     pH->first = elem->next;
   }
@@ -33326,7 +33411,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
 ** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
 ** is defined to 1.  The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic
 ** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem
-** where the database is located.  
+** where the database is located.
 */
 #if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
 #  if defined(__APPLE__)
@@ -33452,7 +33537,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
 #define osGetpid(X) (pid_t)getpid()
 
 /*
-** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not 
+** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not
 ** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
 */
 #define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x)  ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
@@ -33520,7 +33605,7 @@ struct unixFile {
   ** whenever any part of the database changes.  An assertion fault will
   ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
   ** counter.  This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
-  ** one described by ticket #3584. 
+  ** one described by ticket #3584.
   */
   unsigned char transCntrChng;   /* True if the transaction counter changed */
   unsigned char dbUpdate;        /* True if any part of database file changed */
@@ -33529,7 +33614,7 @@ struct unixFile {
 #endif
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that 
+  /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that
   ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
   */
   char aPadding[32];
@@ -33660,7 +33745,7 @@ static pid_t randomnessPid = 0;
       __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
       return val;
   }
- 
+
 #elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
 
   __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
@@ -33872,7 +33957,7 @@ static struct unix_syscall {
 #ifdef __DJGPP__
   { "fstat",        0,                 0  },
 #define osFstat(a,b,c)    0
-#else     
+#else
   { "fstat",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat,      0  },
 #define osFstat     ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
 #endif
@@ -34110,7 +34195,7 @@ static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
 
 /*
 ** Do not accept any file descriptor less than this value, in order to avoid
-** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for 
+** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for
 ** standard input, output, and error.
 */
 #ifndef SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR
@@ -34149,7 +34234,7 @@ static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){
     }
     if( fd>=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break;
     osClose(fd);
-    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, 
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,
                 "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd);
     fd = -1;
     if( osOpen("/dev/null", O_RDONLY, m)<0 ) break;
@@ -34157,9 +34242,9 @@ static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){
   if( fd>=0 ){
     if( m!=0 ){
       struct stat statbuf;
-      if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 
+      if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0
        && statbuf.st_size==0
-       && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m 
+       && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m
       ){
         osFchmod(fd, m);
       }
@@ -34174,11 +34259,11 @@ static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){
 /*
 ** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
 ** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and
-** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be 
+** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be
 ** shared by multiple threads.
 **
-** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
-** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
+** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
+** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
 ** statements. e.g.
 **
 **   unixEnterMutex()
@@ -34300,7 +34385,7 @@ static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
 static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
   int rc;
 #ifdef __ANDROID__
-  /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if 
+  /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if
   ** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to
   ** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any
   ** such attempts.  */
@@ -34316,32 +34401,32 @@ static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
 ** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
 ** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions.  Specifically, it is
 ** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
-** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into 
+** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into
 ** SQLITE_IOERR
-** 
+**
 ** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
 ** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
 */
 static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
-  assert( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || 
-          (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || 
+  assert( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) ||
+          (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) ||
           (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
           (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) );
   switch (posixError) {
-  case EACCES: 
+  case EACCES:
   case EAGAIN:
   case ETIMEDOUT:
   case EBUSY:
   case EINTR:
-  case ENOLCK:  
-    /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support 
+  case ENOLCK:
+    /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support
      * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
     return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    
-  case EPERM: 
+
+  case EPERM:
     return SQLITE_PERM;
-    
-  default: 
+
+  default:
     return sqliteIOErr;
   }
 }
@@ -34356,7 +34441,7 @@ static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
 **
 ** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
 ** unique file ID in VxWorks.  Each instance of this structure contains
-** a copy of the canonical filename.  There is also a reference count.  
+** a copy of the canonical filename.  There is also a reference count.
 ** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
 ** zero.
 **
@@ -34372,7 +34457,7 @@ struct vxworksFileId {
 };
 
 #if OS_VXWORKS
-/* 
+/*
 ** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this
 ** variable:
 */
@@ -34444,7 +34529,7 @@ static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){
   */
   unixEnterMutex();
   for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){
-    if( pCandidate->nName==n 
+    if( pCandidate->nName==n
      && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0
     ){
        sqlite3_free(pNew);
@@ -34537,7 +34622,7 @@ static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){
 ** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
 **
 ** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
-** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
+** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a
 ** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
 ** a locked and an unlocked state.
 **
@@ -34570,7 +34655,7 @@ static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){
 **
 ** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads.  But support for LinuxThreads
 ** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0.  SQLite will still work with
-** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection 
+** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection
 ** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections
 ** do not move across threads.
 */
@@ -34587,7 +34672,7 @@ struct unixFileId {
   /* We are told that some versions of Android contain a bug that
   ** sizes ino_t at only 32-bits instead of 64-bits. (See
   ** https://android-review.googlesource.com/#/c/115351/3/dist/sqlite3.c)
-  ** To work around this, always allocate 64-bits for the inode number.  
+  ** To work around this, always allocate 64-bits for the inode number.
   ** On small machines that only have 32-bit inodes, this wastes 4 bytes,
   ** but that should not be a big deal. */
   /* WAS:  ino_t ino;   */
@@ -34675,7 +34760,7 @@ int unixFileMutexNotheld(unixFile *pFile){
 ** strerror_r().
 **
 ** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
-** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). 
+** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
 ** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
 ** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path,
 ** if any.
@@ -34693,7 +34778,7 @@ static int unixLogErrorAtLine(
   /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use
   ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message
   ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r().
-  */ 
+  */
 #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R)
   char aErr[80];
   memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr));
@@ -34701,18 +34786,18 @@ static int unixLogErrorAtLine(
 
   /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined,
   ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that
-  ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer 
-  ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. 
-  ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of 
+  ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer
+  ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere.
+  ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of
   ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[].
   **
   ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is
   ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a
-  ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available 
+  ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available
   ** could lead to a segfault though.
   */
 #if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU)
-  zErr = 
+  zErr =
 # endif
   strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1);
 
@@ -34763,7 +34848,7 @@ static void storeLastErrno(unixFile *pFile, int error){
 
 /*
 ** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
-*/ 
+*/
 static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
   unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
   UnixUnusedFd *p;
@@ -34918,7 +35003,7 @@ static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){
 #else
   struct stat buf;
   return pFile->pInode!=0 &&
-      (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 
+      (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0
          || (u64)buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino);
 #endif
 }
@@ -34999,7 +35084,7 @@ static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
     }
   }
 #endif
-  
+
   sqlite3_mutex_leave(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex);
   OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
 
@@ -35046,7 +35131,7 @@ static int osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(
 
 
 /*
-** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile.  The lock is 
+** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile.  The lock is
 ** described by pLock.
 **
 ** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
@@ -35138,7 +35223,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
   **
   ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
   ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
-  ** 'reserved byte'. 
+  ** 'reserved byte'.
   **
   ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
   ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
@@ -35152,7 +35237,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
   ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
   ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
   ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
-  ** database. 
+  ** database.
   */
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
@@ -35193,7 +35278,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
   /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
   ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
   */
-  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
+  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
           (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
   ){
     rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
@@ -35204,7 +35289,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
   ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
   ** return SQLITE_OK.
   */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
       (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
     assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
     assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
@@ -35222,7 +35307,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
   */
   lock.l_len = 1L;
   lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
       || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
   ){
     lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
@@ -35261,7 +35346,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
     if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
       /* This could happen with a network mount */
       tErrno = errno;
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
     }
 
     if( rc ){
@@ -35303,7 +35388,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
       }
     }
   }
-  
+
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
   /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
@@ -35332,7 +35417,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
 
 end_lock:
   sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex);
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
       rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
   return rc;
 }
@@ -35357,11 +35442,11 @@ static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){
 **
 ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
 ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-** 
+**
 ** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED
 ** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then
-** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked.  This works 
-** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to 
+** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked.  This works
+** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to
 ** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set.
 */
 static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
@@ -35399,7 +35484,7 @@ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
 
     /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock
     ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade
-    ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a 
+    ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a
     ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
     **  1:   [WWWWW]
     **  2:   [....W]
@@ -35415,7 +35500,7 @@ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
       if( handleNFSUnlock ){
         int tErrno;               /* Error code from system call errors */
         off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1;
-        
+
         lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
         lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
         lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
@@ -35457,11 +35542,11 @@ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
         lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
         if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
           /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
-          ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this 
+          ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this
           ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
           ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
-          ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes 
-          ** an assert to fail). */ 
+          ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes
+          ** an assert to fail). */
           rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
           storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
           goto end_unlock;
@@ -35537,7 +35622,7 @@ static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd);
 #endif
 
 /*
-** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation 
+** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation
 ** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
 ** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
 ** structure to 0.
@@ -35600,7 +35685,7 @@ static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
   if( pInode->nLock ){
     /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
     ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
-    ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list.  It will be automatically closed 
+    ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list.  It will be automatically closed
     ** when the last lock is cleared.
     */
     setPendingFd(pFile);
@@ -35700,7 +35785,7 @@ static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
 
   SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
+
   assert( pFile );
   reserved = osAccess((const char*)pFile->lockingContext, 0)==0;
   OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
@@ -35754,7 +35839,7 @@ static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
 #endif
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  
+
   /* grab an exclusive lock */
   rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777);
   if( rc<0 ){
@@ -35769,8 +35854,8 @@ static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
       }
     }
     return rc;
-  } 
-  
+  }
+
   /* got it, set the type and return ok */
   pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
   return rc;
@@ -35794,7 +35879,7 @@ static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
   OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
            pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
   assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  
+
   /* no-op if possible */
   if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
     return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -35807,7 +35892,7 @@ static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
     pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  
+
   /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
   assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
   rc = osRmdir(zLockFile);
@@ -35819,7 +35904,7 @@ static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
       rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
       storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
     }
-    return rc; 
+    return rc;
   }
   pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
   return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -35866,7 +35951,7 @@ static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){
 #else
 # define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b)
 #endif
-     
+
 
 /*
 ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
@@ -35878,16 +35963,16 @@ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   int reserved = 0;
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
+
   SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
+
   assert( pFile );
-  
+
   /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
   if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
     reserved = 1;
   }
-  
+
   /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
   if( !reserved ){
     /* attempt to get the lock */
@@ -35898,7 +35983,7 @@ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
       if ( lrc ) {
         int tErrno = errno;
         /* unlock failed with an error */
-        lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
+        lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
         storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
         rc = lrc;
       }
@@ -35906,7 +35991,7 @@ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
       int tErrno = errno;
       reserved = 1;
       /* someone else might have it reserved */
-      lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); 
+      lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
       if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
         storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
         rc = lrc;
@@ -35960,15 +36045,15 @@ static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
 
   assert( pFile );
 
-  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
+  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
   ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
   if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
     pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  
+
   /* grab an exclusive lock */
-  
+
   if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
     int tErrno = errno;
     /* didn't get, must be busy */
@@ -35980,7 +36065,7 @@ static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
     /* got it, set the type and return ok */
     pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
   }
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
            rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
 #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
   if( (rc & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
@@ -36000,23 +36085,23 @@ static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
 */
 static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
+
   assert( pFile );
   OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
            pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
   assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  
+
   /* no-op if possible */
   if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  
+
   /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
   if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
     pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  
+
   /* no, really, unlock. */
   if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){
 #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
@@ -36067,14 +36152,14 @@ static int semXCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
 
   SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
+
   assert( pFile );
 
   /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
   if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
     reserved = 1;
   }
-  
+
   /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
   if( !reserved ){
     sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
@@ -36133,14 +36218,14 @@ static int semXLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
   sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
+  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
   ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
   if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
     pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
     rc = SQLITE_OK;
     goto sem_end_lock;
   }
-  
+
   /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */
   if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
     rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
@@ -36170,18 +36255,18 @@ static int semXUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
   OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
            pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0)));
   assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  
+
   /* no-op if possible */
   if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  
+
   /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
   if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
     pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  
+
   /* no, really unlock. */
   if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
     int rc, tErrno = errno;
@@ -36189,7 +36274,7 @@ static int semXUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
     if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
       storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
     }
-    return rc; 
+    return rc;
   }
   pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
   return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -36255,7 +36340,7 @@ struct ByteRangeLockPB2
 /*
 ** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an
 ** AFP filesystem.
-** 
+**
 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
 */
 static int afpSetLock(
@@ -36267,14 +36352,14 @@ static int afpSetLock(
 ){
   struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
   int err;
-  
+
   pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
   pb.startEndFlag = 0;
   pb.offset = offset;
-  pb.length = length; 
+  pb.length = length;
   pb.fd = pFile->h;
-  
-  OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", 
+
+  OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n",
     (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
     offset, length));
   err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
@@ -36309,9 +36394,9 @@ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
   int reserved = 0;
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
   afpLockingContext *context;
-  
+
   SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
+
   assert( pFile );
   context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
   if( context->reserved ){
@@ -36323,12 +36408,12 @@ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
   if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
     reserved = 1;
   }
-  
+
   /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
    */
   if( !reserved ){
     /* lock the RESERVED byte */
-    int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);  
+    int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
     if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
       /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
       ** the original state */
@@ -36341,10 +36426,10 @@ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
       rc=lrc;
     }
   }
-  
+
   sqlite3_mutex_leave(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex);
   OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
-  
+
   *pResOut = reserved;
   return rc;
 }
@@ -36378,7 +36463,7 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
   unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
   afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-  
+
   assert( pFile );
   OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h,
            azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
@@ -36402,7 +36487,7 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
   assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
   assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
   assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
-  
+
   /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
   */
   pInode = pFile->pInode;
@@ -36411,18 +36496,18 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
   /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
   ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
   */
-  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
+  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
        (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
      ){
     rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
     goto afp_end_lock;
   }
-  
+
   /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
   ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
   ** return SQLITE_OK.
   */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
      (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
     assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
     assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
@@ -36432,12 +36517,12 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
     pInode->nLock++;
     goto afp_end_lock;
   }
-    
+
   /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
   ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
   ** be released.
   */
-  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
       || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
   ){
     int failed;
@@ -36447,30 +36532,30 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
       goto afp_end_lock;
     }
   }
-  
+
   /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
   ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
   */
   if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
     int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0;
     long lk, mask;
-    
+
     assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
     assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
-        
+
     mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
     /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
     /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
-    lk = random(); 
+    lk = random();
     pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
-    lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
+    lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
           SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1);
     if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
       lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
     }
     /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
     lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
-    
+
     if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
       storeLastErrno(pFile, lrc1Errno);
       rc = lrc1;
@@ -36505,34 +36590,34 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
     }
     if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
       /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
-        
-      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to 
+
+      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to
       ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the  afpUnlock
       */
       if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
                          pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
         int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
         /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
-        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, 
+        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST,
                                SHARED_SIZE, 1);
-        if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
+        if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
                        SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
           /* Can't reestablish the shared lock.  Sqlite can't deal, this is
           ** a critical I/O error
           */
-          rc = ((failed & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : 
+          rc = ((failed & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 :
                SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
           goto afp_end_lock;
-        } 
+        }
       }else{
-        rc = failed; 
+        rc = failed;
       }
     }
     if( failed ){
       rc = failed;
     }
   }
-  
+
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
     pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
     pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
@@ -36540,10 +36625,10 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
     pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
     pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
   }
-  
+
 afp_end_lock:
   sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex);
-  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
          rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
   return rc;
 }
@@ -36582,7 +36667,7 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
     SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
     SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
     SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-    
+
 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
     /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
     ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
@@ -36597,7 +36682,7 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
            || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
     pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
 #endif
-    
+
     if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
       rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){
@@ -36610,11 +36695,11 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
     }
     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){
       rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
-    } 
+    }
     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){
       rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
-      if( !rc ){ 
-        context->reserved = 0; 
+      if( !rc ){
+        context->reserved = 0;
       }
     }
     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){
@@ -36647,7 +36732,7 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
       if( pInode->nLock==0 ) closePendingFds(pFile);
     }
   }
-  
+
   sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex);
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
     pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
@@ -36656,7 +36741,7 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
 }
 
 /*
-** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
+** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context
 */
 static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -36714,7 +36799,7 @@ static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
 /*
 ** The code above is the NFS lock implementation.  The code is specific
 ** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
-** is available.  
+** is available.
 **
 ********************* End of the NFS lock implementation **********************
 ******************************************************************************/
@@ -36722,7 +36807,7 @@ static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
 /******************************************************************************
 **************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
 **
-** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the 
+** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the
 ** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods.  The locking
 ** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per
 ** division).  Those methods that are common to all locking modes
@@ -36730,7 +36815,7 @@ static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
 */
 
 /*
-** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt 
+** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt
 ** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
 **
 ** NB:  If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
@@ -36792,8 +36877,8 @@ static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
 ** wrong.
 */
 static int unixRead(
-  sqlite3_file *id, 
-  void *pBuf, 
+  sqlite3_file *id,
+  void *pBuf,
   int amt,
   sqlite3_int64 offset
 ){
@@ -36803,12 +36888,12 @@ static int unixRead(
   assert( offset>=0 );
   assert( amt>0 );
 
-  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, super-journal or temp
   ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
 #if 0
   assert( pFile->pPreallocatedUnused==0
        || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
-       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
+       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
   );
 #endif
 
@@ -36846,7 +36931,7 @@ static int unixRead(
 /*
 ** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to
 ** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from
-** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, 
+** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise,
 ** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than
 ** nBuf).
 */
@@ -36906,22 +36991,22 @@ static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
 ** or some other error code on failure.
 */
 static int unixWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *id, 
-  const void *pBuf, 
+  sqlite3_file *id,
+  const void *pBuf,
   int amt,
-  sqlite3_int64 offset 
+  sqlite3_int64 offset
 ){
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
   int wrote = 0;
   assert( id );
   assert( amt>0 );
 
-  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, super-journal or temp
   ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
 #if 0
   assert( pFile->pPreallocatedUnused==0
        || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
-       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
+       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
   );
 #endif
 
@@ -36963,7 +37048,7 @@ static int unixWrite(
     }
   }
 #endif
- 
+
   while( (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))<amt && wrote>0 ){
     amt -= wrote;
     offset += wrote;
@@ -37029,8 +37114,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
 **
 ** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged.
 ** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content
-** to disk, not the inode.  We only set dataOnly if the file size is 
-** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode.  However, 
+** to disk, not the inode.  We only set dataOnly if the file size is
+** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode.  However,
 ** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the
 ** file size has changed.  The only real difference between fdatasync()
 ** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the
@@ -37044,7 +37129,7 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
   int rc;
 
   /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as
-  ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering 
+  ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering
   ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros.
   */
 #ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
@@ -37058,7 +37143,7 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
   UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
 #endif
 
-  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and 
+  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and
   ** FULLSYNC.  This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
   ** gets called with the correct arguments.
   */
@@ -37084,11 +37169,11 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
     rc = 1;
   }
   /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
-  ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local 
+  ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local
   ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
-  ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync 
-  ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.  
-  ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid 
+  ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync
+  ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.
+  ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid
   ** the fcntl call every time sync is called.
   */
   if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
@@ -37098,7 +37183,7 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
   ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync
   */
   rc = fsync(fd);
-#else 
+#else
   rc = fdatasync(fd);
 #if OS_VXWORKS
   if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){
@@ -37259,7 +37344,7 @@ static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
     /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently
     ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will
-    ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.  
+    ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on.
     */
     if( nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){
       pFile->mmapSize = nByte;
@@ -37305,8 +37390,8 @@ static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
 static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
 #endif
 
-/* 
-** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 
+/*
+** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
 ** file-control operation.  Enlarge the database to nBytes in size
 ** (rounded up to the next chunk-size).  If the database is already
 ** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op.
@@ -37315,7 +37400,7 @@ static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
   if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
     i64 nSize;                    /* Required file size */
     struct stat buf;              /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
-   
+
     if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ){
       return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
     }
@@ -37324,8 +37409,8 @@ static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
     if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){
 
 #if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
-      /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() 
-      ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, 
+      /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate()
+      ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success,
       ** or an error number on  failure". See the manpage for details. */
       int err;
       do{
@@ -37333,7 +37418,7 @@ static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
       }while( err==EINTR );
       if( err && err!=EINVAL ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
 #else
-      /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a 
+      /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a
       ** single byte to the last byte in each block that falls entirely
       ** within the extended region. Then, if required, a single byte
       ** at offset (nSize-1), to set the size of the file correctly.
@@ -37514,9 +37599,9 @@ static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
 
 /*
 ** If pFd->sectorSize is non-zero when this function is called, it is a
-** no-op. Otherwise, the values of pFd->sectorSize and 
-** pFd->deviceCharacteristics are set according to the file-system 
-** characteristics. 
+** no-op. Otherwise, the values of pFd->sectorSize and
+** pFd->deviceCharacteristics are set according to the file-system
+** characteristics.
 **
 ** There are two versions of this function. One for QNX and one for all
 ** other systems.
@@ -37550,7 +37635,7 @@ static void setDeviceCharacteristics(unixFile *pFd){
 static void setDeviceCharacteristics(unixFile *pFile){
   if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){
     struct statvfs fsInfo;
-       
+
     /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */
     pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
     pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0;
@@ -37659,7 +37744,7 @@ static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
 /*
 ** Return the system page size.
 **
-** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. 
+** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file.
 ** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize().
 */
 static int unixGetpagesize(void){
@@ -37677,7 +37762,7 @@ static int unixGetpagesize(void){
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
 
 /*
-** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.  
+** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.
 **
 ** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread
 ** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance
@@ -37697,7 +37782,7 @@ static int unixGetpagesize(void){
 **      nRef
 **
 ** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
-** 
+**
 **      hShm
 **      zFilename
 **
@@ -37831,7 +37916,7 @@ static int unixShmSystemLock(
   }
 #endif
 
-  return rc;        
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -37887,7 +37972,7 @@ static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){
 ** take it now. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error
 ** code otherwise.
 **
-** If the DMS cannot be locked because this is a readonly_shm=1 
+** If the DMS cannot be locked because this is a readonly_shm=1
 ** connection and no other process already holds a lock, return
 ** SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT and set pShmNode->isUnlocked=1.
 */
@@ -37898,7 +37983,7 @@ static int unixLockSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd, unixShmNode *pShmNode){
   /* Use F_GETLK to determine the locks other processes are holding
   ** on the DMS byte. If it indicates that another process is holding
   ** a SHARED lock, then this process may also take a SHARED lock
-  ** and proceed with opening the *-shm file. 
+  ** and proceed with opening the *-shm file.
   **
   ** Or, if no other process is holding any lock, then this process
   ** is the first to open it. In this case take an EXCLUSIVE lock on the
@@ -37946,20 +38031,20 @@ static int unixLockSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd, unixShmNode *pShmNode){
 }
 
 /*
-** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.  
+** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.
 ** This particular implementation uses mmapped files.
 **
 ** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory
 ** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database
 ** file with the "-shm" suffix added.  For example, if the database file
 ** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped
-** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".  
+** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".
 **
 ** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an
 ** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory
 ** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions
 ** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same
-** database to end up using different files for shared memory - 
+** database to end up using different files for shared memory -
 ** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting
 ** in database corruption.  Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage
 ** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm"
@@ -38029,7 +38114,7 @@ static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){
     memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename);
     zShm = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
 #ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShm, 
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShm,
                      SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
                      (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
 #else
@@ -38104,22 +38189,22 @@ shm_open_err:
 }
 
 /*
-** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the 
-** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions 
-** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion 
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
+** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
 ** bytes in size.
 **
 ** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
 **
 ** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
 ** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
-** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If 
-** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet 
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
+** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
 ** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
 **
 ** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
-** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes 
-** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped 
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
 ** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
 */
 static int unixShmMap(
@@ -38174,7 +38259,7 @@ static int unixShmMap(
         rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
         goto shmpage_out;
       }
-  
+
       if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){
         /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
         ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
@@ -38223,7 +38308,7 @@ static int unixShmMap(
       void *pMem;
       if( pShmNode->hShm>=0 ){
         pMem = osMmap(0, nMap,
-            pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, 
+            pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,
             MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->hShm, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion
         );
         if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){
@@ -38299,7 +38384,10 @@ static int unixShmLock(
   **
   ** In other words, if this is a blocking lock, none of the locks that
   ** occur later in the above list than the lock being obtained may be
-  ** held.  */
+  ** held.
+  **
+  ** It is not permitted to block on the RECOVER lock.
+  */
 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
   assert( (flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK) || pDbFd->iBusyTimeout==0 || (
          (ofst!=2)                                   /* not RECOVER */
@@ -38333,7 +38421,7 @@ static int unixShmLock(
     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
       p->exclMask &= ~mask;
       p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
-    } 
+    }
   }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
     u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
 
@@ -38372,7 +38460,7 @@ static int unixShmLock(
         break;
       }
     }
-  
+
     /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
     ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
     */
@@ -38391,7 +38479,7 @@ static int unixShmLock(
 }
 
 /*
-** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.  
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
 **
 ** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
 ** any load or store begun after the barrier.
@@ -38401,15 +38489,15 @@ static void unixShmBarrier(
 ){
   UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
   sqlite3MemoryBarrier();         /* compiler-defined memory barrier */
-  assert( fd->pMethods->xLock==nolockLock 
-       || unixFileMutexNotheld((unixFile*)fd) 
+  assert( fd->pMethods->xLock==nolockLock
+       || unixFileMutexNotheld((unixFile*)fd)
   );
   unixEnterMutex();               /* Also mutex, for redundancy */
   unixLeaveMutex();
 }
 
 /*
-** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying 
+** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying
 ** storage if deleteFlag is true.
 **
 ** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
@@ -38483,7 +38571,7 @@ static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){
 }
 
 /*
-** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file 
+** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file
 ** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded.
 **
 ** If successful, this function sets the following variables:
@@ -38575,14 +38663,14 @@ static void unixRemapfile(
 
 /*
 ** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
-** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if 
-** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still 
+** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if
+** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still
 ** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
 **
-** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of 
-** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the 
+** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of
+** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the
 ** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
-** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured 
+** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured
 ** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller.
 **
 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
@@ -38623,7 +38711,7 @@ static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nMap){
 ** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
 ** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
 **
-** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually 
+** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually
 ** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch().
 */
 static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
@@ -38648,13 +38736,13 @@ static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
 }
 
 /*
-** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a 
+** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a
 ** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second
 ** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
-** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. 
+** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation.
 **
-** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called 
-** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping 
+** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called
+** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping
 ** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
 */
 static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
@@ -38662,7 +38750,7 @@ static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
   unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
   UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff);
 
-  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding 
+  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding
   ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
   ** then there must be at least one outstanding.  */
   assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );
@@ -38870,8 +38958,8 @@ IOMETHODS(
 #endif
 
 #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/* 
-** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
+/*
+** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy
 ** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
 ** object that implements that strategy.
 **
@@ -38913,8 +39001,8 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
   }
 
   /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs".
-  ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, 
-  ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. 
+  ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds,
+  ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks.
   */
   lockInfo.l_len = 1;
   lockInfo.l_start = 0;
@@ -38930,7 +39018,7 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
     return &dotlockIoMethods;
   }
 }
-static const sqlite3_io_methods 
+static const sqlite3_io_methods
   *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
 
 #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
@@ -38966,7 +39054,7 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods *vxworksIoFinderImpl(
     return &semIoMethods;
   }
 }
-static const sqlite3_io_methods 
+static const sqlite3_io_methods
   *(*const vxworksIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = vxworksIoFinderImpl;
 
 #endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
@@ -39094,14 +39182,14 @@ static int fillInUnixFile(
         robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
         h = -1;
       }
-      unixLeaveMutex();        
+      unixLeaveMutex();
     }
   }
 #endif
 
   else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){
     /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
-    ** the dotlockLockingContext 
+    ** the dotlockLockingContext
     */
     char *zLockFile;
     int nFilename;
@@ -39139,7 +39227,7 @@ static int fillInUnixFile(
     unixLeaveMutex();
   }
 #endif
-  
+
   storeLastErrno(pNew, 0);
 #if OS_VXWORKS
   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -39152,7 +39240,7 @@ static int fillInUnixFile(
   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
     if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
   }else{
-    pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
+    pId->pMethods = pLockingStyle;
     OpenCounter(+1);
     verifyDbFile(pNew);
   }
@@ -39203,7 +39291,7 @@ static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
 
   /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
   ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
-  ** function failing. 
+  ** function failing.
   */
   zBuf[0] = 0;
   SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
@@ -39232,8 +39320,8 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
 #endif
 
 /*
-** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database 
-** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname
+** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database
+** file (not a journal or super-journal file) identified by pathname
 ** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second
 ** argument to this function.
 **
@@ -39241,7 +39329,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
 ** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some
 ** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock.
 ** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment
-** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for 
+** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for
 ** further details. Also, ticket #4018.
 **
 ** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no
@@ -39252,8 +39340,8 @@ static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){
 
   /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
   ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
-  ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better 
-  ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure 
+  ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better
+  ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure
   ** feature.  */
 #if !OS_VXWORKS
   struct stat sStat;                   /* Results of stat() call */
@@ -39295,7 +39383,7 @@ static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){
 }
 
 /*
-** Find the mode, uid and gid of file zFile. 
+** Find the mode, uid and gid of file zFile.
 */
 static int getFileMode(
   const char *zFile,              /* File name */
@@ -39319,16 +39407,16 @@ static int getFileMode(
 ** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
 ** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
 ** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
-** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is 
+** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is
 ** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
 **
 ** In most cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become
 ** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using
 ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask.
-** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then 
-** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the 
-** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever 
-** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions 
+** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then
+** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the
+** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever
+** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions
 ** as the associated database file.
 **
 ** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the
@@ -39360,14 +39448,14 @@ static int findCreateFileMode(
     **   "<path to db>-journalNN"
     **   "<path to db>-walNN"
     **
-    ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are 
+    ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are
     ** used by the test_multiplex.c module.
     */
-    nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; 
+    nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1;
     while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){
       /* In normal operation, the journal file name will always contain
       ** a '-' character.  However in 8+3 filename mode, or if a corrupt
-      ** rollback journal specifies a master journal with a goofy name, then
+      ** rollback journal specifies a super-journal with a goofy name, then
       ** the '-' might be missing. */
       if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]=='.' ) return SQLITE_OK;
       nDb--;
@@ -39393,7 +39481,7 @@ static int findCreateFileMode(
 
 /*
 ** Open the file zPath.
-** 
+**
 ** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
 ** one:
 **
@@ -39404,13 +39492,13 @@ static int findCreateFileMode(
 ** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
 **
 **     ReadWrite() ->     (READWRITE | CREATE)
-**     ReadOnly()  ->     (READONLY) 
+**     ReadOnly()  ->     (READONLY)
 **     OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
 **
 ** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
 ** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
-** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new 
-** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for 
+** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new
+** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for
 ** OpenExclusive().
 */
 static int unixOpen(
@@ -39440,13 +39528,13 @@ static int unixOpen(
   struct statfs fsInfo;
 #endif
 
-  /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
+  /* If creating a super- or main-file journal, this function will open
   ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
   ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
   */
   int isNewJrnl = (isCreate && (
-        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
-     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
+        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL
+     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
   ));
 
@@ -39456,9 +39544,9 @@ static int unixOpen(
   char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2];
   const char *zName = zPath;
 
-  /* Check the following statements are true: 
+  /* Check the following statements are true:
   **
-  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
+  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
   **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
   **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
   **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
@@ -39468,17 +39556,17 @@ static int unixOpen(
   assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
   assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
 
-  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never 
+  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and super-journal are never
   ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
   assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
   assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL );
   assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
 
   /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
-  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
+  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL
        || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
   );
 
@@ -39527,7 +39615,7 @@ static int unixOpen(
 
   /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function
   ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as
-  ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the 
+  ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the
   ** 'conch file' locking functions later on.  */
   if( isReadonly )  openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
   if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
@@ -39592,7 +39680,7 @@ static int unixOpen(
 
   if( p->pPreallocatedUnused ){
     p->pPreallocatedUnused->fd = fd;
-    p->pPreallocatedUnused->flags = 
+    p->pPreallocatedUnused->flags =
                           flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
   }
 
@@ -39614,7 +39702,7 @@ static int unixOpen(
     p->openFlags = openFlags;
   }
 #endif
-  
+
 #if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
   if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
     storeLastErrno(p, errno);
@@ -39645,7 +39733,7 @@ static int unixOpen(
     char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
     int useProxy = 0;
 
-    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means 
+    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means
     ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only.  */
     if( envforce!=NULL ){
       useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
@@ -39657,9 +39745,9 @@ static int unixOpen(
       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
         rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile 
-          ** and clear all the structure's references.  Specifically, 
-          ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op 
+          /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile
+          ** and clear all the structure's references.  Specifically,
+          ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op
           */
           unixClose(pFile);
           return rc;
@@ -39669,9 +39757,9 @@ static int unixOpen(
     }
   }
 #endif
-  
-  assert( zPath==0 || zPath[0]=='/' 
-      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
+
+  assert( zPath==0 || zPath[0]=='/'
+      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
   );
   rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
 
@@ -39789,9 +39877,9 @@ static int mkFullPathname(
 /*
 ** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
 ** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
-** zPath. 
+** zPath.
 **
-** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes 
+** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes
 ** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
 ** this buffer before returning.
 */
@@ -39910,7 +39998,7 @@ static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
   unixLeaveMutex();
 }
 static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
-  /* 
+  /*
   ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be
   ** cast into a pointer to a function.  And yet the library dlsym() routine
   ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function.  So how do we
@@ -39920,7 +40008,7 @@ static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
   ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function.
   ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function.
   ** (That assignment requires a cast.)  Then we call the function that
-  ** x points to.  
+  ** x points to.
   **
   ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where
   ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*.  But then, on the
@@ -39963,7 +40051,7 @@ static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
   ** tests repeatable.
   */
   memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
-  randomnessPid = osGetpid(0);  
+  randomnessPid = osGetpid(0);
 #if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS)
   {
     int fd, got;
@@ -40030,7 +40118,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1
 ** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
 ** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
 **
-** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date 
+** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date
 ** cannot be found.
 */
 static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
@@ -40137,7 +40225,7 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
 ** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking
 ** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a
 ** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file
-** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.  
+** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.
 **
 **
 ** Using proxy locks
@@ -40163,19 +40251,19 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
 ** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the
 ** database file.  For example:
 **
-**       For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" 
+**       For database path "/Users/me/foo.db"
 **       The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:")
 **
 ** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not
 ** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via
 ** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another
-** connection or process). 
+** connection or process).
 **
 **
 ** How proxy locking works
 ** -----------------------
 **
-** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: 
+** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files:
 **
 **   *  conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host
 **      at a time
@@ -40202,11 +40290,11 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
 ** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
 **
 ** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
-** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.  
+** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.
 ** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
 ** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it.
-** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until 
-** the connection to the database is closed. 
+** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until
+** the connection to the database is closed.
 **
 ** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need
 ** to be created the first time they are used.
@@ -40220,7 +40308,7 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
 **       automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are
 **       named automatically using the same logic as
 **       PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:"
-**    
+**
 **  SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
 **
 **       Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
@@ -40235,8 +40323,8 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
 **
 **       Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the
 **       lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
-**    
-**    
+**
+**
 ** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
 ** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
 ** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
@@ -40246,12 +40334,12 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
 */
 
 /*
-** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX 
+** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX
 */
 #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
 
 /*
-** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote 
+** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote
 ** and local proxy files in it
 */
 typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext;
@@ -40267,10 +40355,10 @@ struct proxyLockingContext {
   sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod;     /* Original I/O methods for close */
 };
 
-/* 
-** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, 
+/*
+** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath,
 ** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
-** file path. 
+** file path.
 */
 static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
   int len;
@@ -40287,7 +40375,7 @@ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
                lPath, errno, osGetpid(0)));
       return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
     }
-    len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);    
+    len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);
   }
 # else
   len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
@@ -40297,7 +40385,7 @@ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
   if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){
     len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen);
   }
-  
+
   /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
   dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
   for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){
@@ -40310,14 +40398,14 @@ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* 
+/*
  ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath
  */
 static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){
   int i, len;
   char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
   int start = 0;
-  
+
   assert(lockPath!=NULL);
   /* try to create all the intermediate directories */
   len = (int)strlen(lockPath);
@@ -40325,7 +40413,7 @@ static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){
   for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){
     if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){
       /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */
-      if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') 
+      if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/')
          || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){
         buf[i]='\0';
         if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
@@ -40402,13 +40490,13 @@ static int proxyCreateUnixFile(
     switch (terrno) {
       case EACCES:
         return SQLITE_PERM;
-      case EIO: 
+      case EIO:
         return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */
       default:
         return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
     }
   }
-  
+
   pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pNew));
   if( pNew==NULL ){
     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
@@ -40422,13 +40510,13 @@ static int proxyCreateUnixFile(
   pUnused->fd = fd;
   pUnused->flags = openFlags;
   pNew->pPreallocatedUnused = pUnused;
-  
+
   rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0);
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
     *ppFile = pNew;
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-end_create_proxy:    
+end_create_proxy:
   robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
   sqlite3_free(pNew);
   sqlite3_free(pUnused);
@@ -40447,7 +40535,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
 extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);
 #endif
 
-/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 
+/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN
 ** bytes of writable memory.
 */
 static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
@@ -40473,7 +40561,7 @@ static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
     pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
   }
 #endif
-  
+
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
@@ -40484,14 +40572,14 @@ static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
 #define PROXY_PATHINDEX    (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN)
 #define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN  (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN)
 
-/* 
-** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves 
+/*
+** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves
 ** it back.  The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the
-** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is 
+** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is
 ** closed.  Returns zero if successful.
 */
 static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
   unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
   char tPath[MAXPATHLEN];
   char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
@@ -40505,7 +40593,7 @@ static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){
 
   /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */
   pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN);
-  if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || 
+  if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 ||
      (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){
     sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen);
     goto end_breaklock;
@@ -40547,24 +40635,24 @@ end_breaklock:
   return rc;
 }
 
-/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the 
+/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the
 ** host id matches.
 */
 static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
   unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   int nTries = 0;
   struct timespec conchModTime;
-  
+
   memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime));
   do {
     rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
     nTries ++;
     if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
       /* If the lock failed (busy):
-       * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. 
-       * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait 
+       * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again.
+       * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait
        *           10 sec and try again
        * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
        */
@@ -40573,20 +40661,20 @@ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
         storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
         return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
       }
-      
+
       if( nTries==1 ){
         conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
         usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
-        continue;  
+        continue;
       }
 
       assert( nTries>1 );
-      if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || 
+      if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec ||
          conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){
         return SQLITE_BUSY;
       }
-      
-      if( nTries==2 ){  
+
+      if( nTries==2 ){
         char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
         int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
         if( len<0 ){
@@ -40603,9 +40691,9 @@ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
           return SQLITE_BUSY;
         }
         usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */
-        continue; 
+        continue;
       }
-      
+
       assert( nTries==3 );
       if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
         rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -40618,19 +40706,19 @@ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
       }
     }
   } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
-  
+
   return rc;
 }
 
-/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if 
-** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match.  A NULL 
-** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the 
-** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically 
+/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if
+** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match.  A NULL
+** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the
+** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically
 ** and written to the conch file.
 */
 static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
-  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
-  
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+
   if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }else{
@@ -40646,7 +40734,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
     int readLen = 0;
     int tryOldLockPath = 0;
     int forceNewLockPath = 0;
-    
+
     OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
              (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
              osGetpid(0)));
@@ -40667,21 +40755,21 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
       storeLastErrno(pFile, conchFile->lastErrno);
       rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
       goto end_takeconch;
-    }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || 
+    }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ||
              readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
-      /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new 
-      ** conch file. 
+      /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new
+      ** conch file.
       */
       createConch = 1;
     }
     /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch
-    ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll 
-    ** retry with a new auto-generated path 
+    ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll
+    ** retry with a new auto-generated path
     */
     do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */
 
       if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){
-        hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, 
+        hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID,
                                   PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
         /* if the conch has data compare the contents */
         if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
@@ -40690,7 +40778,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
            */
           if( hostIdMatch ){
             size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX);
-            
+
             if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){
               pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1;
             }
@@ -40706,23 +40794,23 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
                            readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX)
         ){
           /* conch host and lock path match */
-          goto end_takeconch; 
+          goto end_takeconch;
         }
       }
-      
+
       /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */
       if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){
         rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
         goto end_takeconch;
       }
-      
+
       /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */
       if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
         proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
         tempLockPath = lockPath;
         /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */
       }
-      
+
       /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
       ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big
       ** stick.
@@ -40733,7 +40821,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
           /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
            ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
           rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        } else {          
+        } else {
           rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
         }
       }else{
@@ -40742,7 +40830,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
         char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
         int writeSize = 0;
-        
+
         writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
         memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
         if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
@@ -40755,8 +40843,8 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
         robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
         rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
         full_fsync(conchFile->h,0,0);
-        /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a 
-         ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database 
+        /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a
+         ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database
          */
         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){
           struct stat buf;
@@ -40780,14 +40868,14 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
             }
           }else{
             int code = errno;
-            fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", 
+            fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n",
                     err, code, strerror(code));
 #endif
           }
         }
       }
       conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
-      
+
     end_takeconch:
       OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE  %d\n", pFile->h));
       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
@@ -40810,7 +40898,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
         rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1);
         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){
           /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path
-           ** so try again via auto-naming 
+           ** so try again via auto-naming
            */
           forceNewLockPath = 1;
           tryOldLockPath = 0;
@@ -40830,7 +40918,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
       }
       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
         pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
-        
+
         if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
           afpLockingContext *afpCtx;
           afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext;
@@ -40842,7 +40930,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
       OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
                rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"));
       return rc;
-    } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - 
+    } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file -
                  ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */
   }
 }
@@ -40858,7 +40946,7 @@ static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){
   pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
   conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
   OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
-           (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), 
+           (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
            osGetpid(0)));
   if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
     rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
@@ -40886,13 +40974,13 @@ static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){
   char *conchPath;              /* buffer in which to construct conch name */
 
   /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to
-  ** the name of the original database file. */  
+  ** the name of the original database file. */
   *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(len + 8);
   if( conchPath==0 ){
     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
   }
   memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1);
-  
+
   /* now insert a "." before the last / character */
   for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){
     if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){
@@ -40915,7 +41003,7 @@ static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){
 
 
 /* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches
-** the local lock file path 
+** the local lock file path
 */
 static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
   proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
@@ -40924,7 +41012,7 @@ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
 
   if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
     return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }  
+  }
 
   /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */
   if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ||
@@ -40942,7 +41030,7 @@ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
     sqlite3_free(oldPath);
     pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path);
   }
-  
+
   return rc;
 }
 
@@ -40956,7 +41044,7 @@ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
 static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
 #if defined(__APPLE__)
   if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
-    /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field 
+    /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field
     ** of the struct */
     assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
     strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath,
@@ -40977,9 +41065,9 @@ static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
 }
 
 /*
-** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking 
+** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking
 ** will be performed on the local proxy lock file.  The following fields
-** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and 
+** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and
 ** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time:
 **  ->lockingContext
 **  ->pMethod
@@ -40989,7 +41077,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
   char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1];       /* Name of the database file */
   char *lockPath=NULL;
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  
+
   if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
     return SQLITE_BUSY;
   }
@@ -40999,7 +41087,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
   }else{
     lockPath=(char *)path;
   }
-  
+
   OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
            (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0)));
 
@@ -41033,7 +41121,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
         rc = SQLITE_OK;
       }
     }
-  }  
+  }
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
     pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
   }
@@ -41045,7 +41133,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
     }
   }
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, 
+    /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned,
     ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
     */
     pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
@@ -41053,12 +41141,12 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
     pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
     pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
   }else{
-    if( pCtx->conchFile ){ 
+    if( pCtx->conchFile ){
       pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
       sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
     }
     sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
-    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); 
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
     sqlite3_free(pCtx);
   }
   OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d %s\n", pFile->h,
@@ -41096,7 +41184,7 @@ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
         if( isProxyStyle ){
           /* turn off proxy locking - not supported.  If support is added for
           ** switching proxy locking mode off then it will need to fail if
-          ** the journal mode is WAL mode. 
+          ** the journal mode is WAL mode.
           */
           rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
         }else{
@@ -41106,9 +41194,9 @@ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
       }else{
         const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
         if( isProxyStyle ){
-          proxyLockingContext *pCtx = 
+          proxyLockingContext *pCtx =
             (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
-          if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") 
+          if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:")
            || (pCtx->lockProxyPath &&
                !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN))
           ){
@@ -41233,7 +41321,7 @@ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
     unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
     unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
     int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    
+
     if( lockProxy ){
       rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK);
       if( rc ) return rc;
@@ -41270,7 +41358,7 @@ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
 ** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems.
 ** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also
 ** restricted to MacOSX.
-** 
+**
 **
 ******************* End of the proxy lock implementation **********************
 ******************************************************************************/
@@ -41288,8 +41376,8 @@ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
 ** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they
 ** should not be used.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ 
-  /* 
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
+  /*
   ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object.
   ** The name of the VFS is NAME.  The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer
   ** to the "finder" function.  (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because
@@ -41305,7 +41393,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
   **
   ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
   ** object.  But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little
-  ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the 
+  ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the
   ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for
   ** that filesystem time.
   */
@@ -41378,7 +41466,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
     sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
   }
   unixBigLock = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1);
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -41388,11 +41476,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
 ** to release dynamically allocated objects.  But not on unix.
 ** This routine is a no-op for unix.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
   unixBigLock = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
- 
+
 #endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
 
 /************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
@@ -41516,7 +41604,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
       __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
       return val;
   }
- 
+
 #elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
 
   __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
@@ -42887,17 +42975,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_compact_heap(LPUINT pnLargest){
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_reset_heap(){
   int rc;
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMainMtx; ) /* The main static mutex */
   MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMem; )    /* The memsys static mutex */
-  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMainMtx = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); )
   MUTEX_LOGIC( pMem = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); )
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMainMtx);
   sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMem);
   winMemAssertMagic();
   if( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL && winMemGetOwned() && sqlite3_memory_used()==0 ){
     /*
     ** At this point, there should be no outstanding memory allocations on
-    ** the heap.  Also, since both the master and memsys locks are currently
+    ** the heap.  Also, since both the main and memsys locks are currently
     ** being held by us, no other function (i.e. from another thread) should
     ** be able to even access the heap.  Attempt to destroy and recreate our
     ** isolated Win32 native heap now.
@@ -42920,7 +43008,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_reset_heap(){
     rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
   }
   sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMem);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMainMtx);
   return rc;
 }
 #endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
@@ -46620,7 +46708,7 @@ static int winOpen(
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
   int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
-        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL
      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
   ));
@@ -46641,17 +46729,17 @@ static int winOpen(
   assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
   assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
 
-  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
+  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and super-journal are never
   ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
   assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
   assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
-  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL );
   assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
 
   /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
   assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
        || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL
        || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
   );
 
@@ -46863,14 +46951,14 @@ static int winOpen(
   }
 
   sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
-  pFile->pMethod = pAppData ? pAppData->pMethod : &winIoMethod;
+  id->pMethods = pAppData ? pAppData->pMethod : &winIoMethod;
   pFile->pVfs = pVfs;
   pFile->h = h;
   if( isReadonly ){
     pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY;
   }
   if( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
-   && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) 
+   && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)
   ){
     pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW;
   }
@@ -47832,7 +47920,7 @@ static sqlite3_vfs memdb_vfs = {
   1024,                        /* mxPathname */
   0,                           /* pNext */
   "memdb",                     /* zName */
-  0,                           /* pAppData (set when registered) */ 
+  0,                           /* pAppData (set when registered) */
   memdbOpen,                   /* xOpen */
   0, /* memdbDelete, */        /* xDelete */
   memdbAccess,                 /* xAccess */
@@ -47857,7 +47945,7 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods memdb_io_methods = {
   memdbSync,                       /* xSync */
   memdbFileSize,                   /* xFileSize */
   memdbLock,                       /* xLock */
-  memdbLock,                       /* xUnlock - same as xLock in this case */ 
+  memdbLock,                       /* xUnlock - same as xLock in this case */
   0, /* memdbCheckReservedLock, */ /* xCheckReservedLock */
   memdbFileControl,                /* xFileControl */
   0, /* memdbSectorSize,*/         /* xSectorSize */
@@ -47888,9 +47976,9 @@ static int memdbClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){
 ** Read data from an memdb-file.
 */
 static int memdbRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  void *zBuf, 
-  int iAmt, 
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,
+  void *zBuf,
+  int iAmt,
   sqlite_int64 iOfst
 ){
   MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
@@ -47958,7 +48046,7 @@ static int memdbWrite(
 static int memdbTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
   MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
   if( NEVER(size>p->sz) ) return SQLITE_FULL;
-  p->sz = size; 
+  p->sz = size;
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
@@ -47983,7 +48071,7 @@ static int memdbFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
 */
 static int memdbLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
   MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
-  if( eLock>SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 
+  if( eLock>SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED
    && (p->mFlags & SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY)!=0
   ){
     return SQLITE_READONLY;
@@ -48041,7 +48129,7 @@ static int memdbSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
 ** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an memdb-file.
 */
 static int memdbDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  return SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC | 
+  return SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC |
          SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE |
          SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |
          SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL;
@@ -48089,12 +48177,12 @@ static int memdbOpen(
   p->mFlags = SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE | SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE;
   assert( pOutFlags!=0 );  /* True because flags==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB */
   *pOutFlags = flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY;
-  p->base.pMethods = &memdb_io_methods;
+  pFile->pMethods = &memdb_io_methods;
   p->szMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMemdbSize;
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-#if 0 /* Only used to delete rollback journals, master journals, and WAL
+#if 0 /* Only used to delete rollback journals, super-journals, and WAL
       ** files, none of which exist in memdb.  So this routine is never used */
 /*
 ** Delete the file located at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true,
@@ -48113,9 +48201,9 @@ static int memdbDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
 ** With memdb, no files ever exist on disk.  So always return false.
 */
 static int memdbAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int flags, 
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+  const char *zPath,
+  int flags,
   int *pResOut
 ){
   *pResOut = 0;
@@ -48128,9 +48216,9 @@ static int memdbAccess(
 ** of at least (INST_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes.
 */
 static int memdbFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int nOut, 
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+  const char *zPath,
+  int nOut,
   char *zOut
 ){
   sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
@@ -48146,7 +48234,7 @@ static void *memdbDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
 
 /*
 ** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable
-** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated 
+** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated
 ** with dynamic libraries.
 */
 static void memdbDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
@@ -48168,7 +48256,7 @@ static void memdbDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
 }
 
 /*
-** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of 
+** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of
 ** random data.
 */
 static int memdbRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
@@ -48176,7 +48264,7 @@ static int memdbRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
 }
 
 /*
-** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds 
+** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds
 ** actually slept.
 */
 static int memdbSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
@@ -48282,7 +48370,7 @@ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize(
           }else{
             memset(pTo, 0, szPage);
           }
-          sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);       
+          sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
         }
       }
     }
@@ -48321,7 +48409,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize(
   if( iDb<0 ){
     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
     goto end_deserialize;
-  }    
+  }
   zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("ATTACH x AS %Q", zSchema);
   rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
   sqlite3_free(zSql);
@@ -48355,7 +48443,7 @@ end_deserialize:
   return rc;
 }
 
-/* 
+/*
 ** This routine is called when the extension is loaded.
 ** Register the new VFS.
 */
@@ -48394,8 +48482,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void){
 ** property.  Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
 ** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
 ** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
-** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled.  In those cases, 
-** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality.  The algorithm needs 
+** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled.  In those cases,
+** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality.  The algorithm needs
 ** to handle both cases well.
 **
 ** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
@@ -48416,13 +48504,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void){
 /* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
 #define BITVEC_SZ        512
 
-/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
+/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how
 ** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
 #define BITVEC_USIZE \
     (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
 
-/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. 
-** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. 
+/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation.
+** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE.
 ** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
 ** performance. */
 #define BITVEC_TELEM     u8
@@ -48435,12 +48523,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void){
 
 /* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
 #define BITVEC_NINT      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
-/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before 
+/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before
 ** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
 #define BITVEC_MXHASH    (BITVEC_NINT/2)
 /* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
-** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier 
-** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided 
+** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier
+** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided
 ** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
 #define BITVEC_HASH(X)   (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)
 
@@ -48486,7 +48574,7 @@ struct Bitvec {
 
 /*
 ** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
-** inclusive.  Return a pointer to the new object.  Return NULL if 
+** inclusive.  Return a pointer to the new object.  Return NULL if
 ** malloc fails.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
@@ -48742,7 +48830,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
         break;
       }
       case 3:
-      case 4: 
+      case 4:
       default: {
         nx = 2;
         sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
@@ -48822,7 +48910,7 @@ bitvec_end:
 **
 **   The PCache.pSynced variable is used to optimize searching for a dirty
 **   page to eject from the cache mid-transaction. It is better to eject
-**   a page that does not require a journal sync than one that does. 
+**   a page that does not require a journal sync than one that does.
 **   Therefore, pSynced is maintained so that it *almost* always points
 **   to either the oldest page in the pDirty/pDirtyTail list that has a
 **   clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag or to a page that is older than this one
@@ -48863,7 +48951,7 @@ struct PCache {
     sqlite3_pcache_page *pLower;
     PgHdr *pPg;
     unsigned char *a;
-  
+
     if( sqlite3PcacheTrace<2 ) return;
     if( pCache->pCache==0 ) return;
     N = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache);
@@ -48955,12 +49043,12 @@ static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){
   if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE ){
     assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
     assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
-  
+
     /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
     if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
       p->pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
     }
-  
+
     if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
       pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
     }else{
@@ -48970,7 +49058,7 @@ static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){
     if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
       pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
     }else{
-      /* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2. 
+      /* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2.
       ** This is an optimization that allows sqlite3PcacheFetch() to skip
       ** searching for a dirty page to eject from the cache when it might
       ** otherwise have to.  */
@@ -48999,11 +49087,11 @@ static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){
     p->pDirty = pPage;
 
     /* If pSynced is NULL and this page has a clear NEED_SYNC flag, set
-    ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an 
+    ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an
     ** optimization, as if pSynced points to a page with the NEED_SYNC
-    ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer 
+    ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer
     ** entries of the dirty-list for a page with NEED_SYNC clear anyway.  */
-    if( !p->pSynced 
+    if( !p->pSynced
      && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)   /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
     ){
       p->pSynced = pPage;
@@ -49044,7 +49132,7 @@ static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){
 
 /*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
 **
-** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
+** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these
 ** functions are threadsafe.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
@@ -49071,8 +49159,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }
 
 /*
 ** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
-** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. 
-** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by 
+** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer.
+** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by
 ** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
 **
 ** szExtra is some extra space allocated for each page.  The first
@@ -49184,7 +49272,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(
 /*
 ** If the sqlite3PcacheFetch() routine is unable to allocate a new
 ** page because no clean pages are available for reuse and the cache
-** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to 
+** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to
 ** try harder to allocate a page.  This routine might invoke the stress
 ** callback to spill dirty pages to the journal.  It will then try to
 ** allocate the new page and will only fail to allocate a new page on
@@ -49201,17 +49289,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(
   if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0;
 
   if( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache)>pCache->szSpill ){
-    /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
+    /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a
     ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
-    ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
+    ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other
     ** unreferenced dirty page.
     **
     ** If the LRU page in the dirty list that has a clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
     ** flag is currently referenced, then the following may leave pSynced
     ** set incorrectly (pointing to other than the LRU page with NEED_SYNC
     ** cleared). This is Ok, as pSynced is just an optimization.  */
-    for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
-        pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
+    for(pPg=pCache->pSynced;
+        pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
         pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
     );
     pCache->pSynced = pPg;
@@ -49221,7 +49309,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(
     if( pPg ){
       int rc;
 #ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
-      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, 
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL,
                   "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
                   pPg->pgno, pgno,
                   sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
@@ -49406,7 +49494,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){
 }
 
 /*
-** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. 
+** Change the page number of page p to newPgno.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
   PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
@@ -49469,7 +49557,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
   sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
 }
 
-/* 
+/*
 ** Discard the contents of the cache.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
@@ -49560,7 +49648,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){
   return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
 }
 
-/* 
+/*
 ** Return the total number of references to all pages held by the cache.
 **
 ** This is not the total number of pages referenced, but the sum of the
@@ -49577,7 +49665,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){
   return p->nRef;
 }
 
-/* 
+/*
 ** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
@@ -49619,7 +49707,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(PCache *p, int mxPage){
     p->szSpill = mxPage;
   }
   res = numberOfCachePages(p);
-  if( res<p->szSpill ) res = p->szSpill; 
+  if( res<p->szSpill ) res = p->szSpill;
   return res;
 }
 
@@ -49650,7 +49738,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(PCache *pCache){
 }
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
-/* 
+/*
 ** Return true if there are one or more dirty pages in the cache. Else false.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache){
@@ -49739,7 +49827,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHd
 **
 ** The third case is a chunk of heap memory (defaulting to 100 pages worth)
 ** that is allocated when the page cache is created.  The size of the local
-** bulk allocation can be adjusted using 
+** bulk allocation can be adjusted using
 **
 **     sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, (void*)0, 0, N).
 **
@@ -49764,16 +49852,16 @@ typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
 typedef struct PGroup PGroup;
 
 /*
-** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following 
+** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following
 ** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of
-** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure 
+** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure
 ** in memory.
 **
 ** Note: Variables isBulkLocal and isAnchor were once type "u8". That works,
-** but causes a 2-byte gap in the structure for most architectures (since 
+** but causes a 2-byte gap in the structure for most architectures (since
 ** pointers must be either 4 or 8-byte aligned). As this structure is located
 ** in memory directly after the associated page data, if the database is
-** corrupt, code at the b-tree layer may overread the page buffer and 
+** corrupt, code at the b-tree layer may overread the page buffer and
 ** read part of this structure before the corruption is detected. This
 ** can cause a valgrind error if the unitialized gap is accessed. Using u16
 ** ensures there is no such gap, and therefore no bytes of unitialized memory
@@ -49798,7 +49886,7 @@ struct PgHdr1 {
 #define PAGE_IS_PINNED(p)    ((p)->pLruNext==0)
 #define PAGE_IS_UNPINNED(p)  ((p)->pLruNext!=0)
 
-/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup.  A PGroup is a set 
+/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup.  A PGroup is a set
 ** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each other's unpinned
 ** pages when they are under memory pressure.  A PGroup is an instance of
 ** the following object.
@@ -49834,13 +49922,13 @@ struct PGroup {
 ** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
 ** is an instance of this object.
 **
-** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as 
+** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as
 ** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
 */
 struct PCache1 {
   /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
   ** flag (bPurgeable) and the pnPurgeable pointer are all set when the
-  ** cache is created and are never changed thereafter. nMax may be 
+  ** cache is created and are never changed thereafter. nMax may be
   ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method.
   ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
   */
@@ -49888,7 +49976,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
   */
   int isInit;                    /* True if initialized */
   int separateCache;             /* Use a new PGroup for each PCache */
-  int nInitPage;                 /* Initial bulk allocation size */   
+  int nInitPage;                 /* Initial bulk allocation size */
   int szSlot;                    /* Size of each free slot */
   int nSlot;                     /* The number of pcache slots */
   int nReserve;                  /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */
@@ -49929,7 +50017,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
 
 
 /*
-** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is 
+** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is
 ** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
 ** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
 ** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
@@ -49999,8 +50087,8 @@ static int pcache1InitBulk(PCache1 *pCache){
 
 /*
 ** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
-** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no 
-** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls 
+** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no
+** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls
 ** back to sqlite3Malloc().
 **
 ** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time.  Global variables
@@ -50107,7 +50195,7 @@ static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache, int benignMalloc){
   }else{
 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
     /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This
-    ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that 
+    ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that
     ** this mutex is not held. */
     assert( pcache1.separateCache==0 );
     assert( pCache->pGroup==&pcache1.grp );
@@ -50248,7 +50336,7 @@ static void pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
 }
 
 /*
-** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the 
+** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the
 ** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
 ** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
 **
@@ -50273,7 +50361,7 @@ static PgHdr1 *pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
 
 
 /*
-** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table 
+** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table
 ** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
 ** Also free the page if freePage is true.
 **
@@ -50316,8 +50404,8 @@ static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PCache1 *pCache){
 }
 
 /*
-** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) 
-** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this 
+** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value)
+** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this
 ** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
 **
 ** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
@@ -50349,7 +50437,7 @@ static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe(
     PgHdr1 **pp;
     PgHdr1 *pPage;
     assert( h<pCache->nHash );
-    pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; 
+    pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
     while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
       if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
         pCache->nPage--;
@@ -50388,7 +50476,7 @@ static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){
   **
   **   *  Use a unified cache in single-threaded applications that have
   **      configured a start-time buffer for use as page-cache memory using
-  **      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL 
+  **      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL
   **      pBuf argument.
   **
   **   *  Otherwise use separate caches (mode-1)
@@ -50423,7 +50511,7 @@ static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){
 
 /*
 ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
-** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does 
+** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does
 ** not need to be freed.
 */
 static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
@@ -50486,7 +50574,7 @@ static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){
 }
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. 
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method.
 **
 ** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
 */
@@ -50505,7 +50593,7 @@ static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){
 }
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. 
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method.
 **
 ** Free up as much memory as possible.
 */
@@ -50524,7 +50612,7 @@ static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){
 }
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. 
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method.
 */
 static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
   int n;
@@ -50545,8 +50633,8 @@ static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
 ** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster.
 */
 static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
-  PCache1 *pCache, 
-  unsigned int iKey, 
+  PCache1 *pCache,
+  unsigned int iKey,
   int createFlag
 ){
   unsigned int nPinned;
@@ -50588,8 +50676,8 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
     }
   }
 
-  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
-  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
+  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found,
+  ** attempt to allocate a new one.
   */
   if( !pPage ){
     pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache, createFlag==1);
@@ -50614,13 +50702,13 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
 }
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. 
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method.
 **
 ** Fetch a page by key value.
 **
 ** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
 ** the value of the createFlag argument.  0 means do not allocate a new
-** page.  1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available.  2 
+** page.  1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available.  2
 ** means to try really hard to allocate a new page.
 **
 ** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory
@@ -50631,7 +50719,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
 ** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
 ** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
 **
-**   1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a 
+**   1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a
 **      copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
 **
 **   2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
@@ -50645,13 +50733,13 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
 **           PCache1.nMax, or
 **
 **       (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
-**           the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of 
+**           the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of
 **           nMin for all other purgeable caches, or
 **
 **   4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
 **      as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
 **
-**       (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already 
+**       (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already
 **           PCache1.nMax, or
 **
 **       (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
@@ -50663,7 +50751,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
 **
 **      then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
 **      size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
-**      proceed to step 5. 
+**      proceed to step 5.
 **
 **   5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
 **
@@ -50673,8 +50761,8 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
 ** invokes the appropriate routine.
 */
 static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchNoMutex(
-  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
-  unsigned int iKey, 
+  sqlite3_pcache *p,
+  unsigned int iKey,
   int createFlag
 ){
   PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
@@ -50703,8 +50791,8 @@ static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchNoMutex(
 }
 #if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX
 static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchWithMutex(
-  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
-  unsigned int iKey, 
+  sqlite3_pcache *p,
+  unsigned int iKey,
   int createFlag
 ){
   PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
@@ -50718,8 +50806,8 @@ static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchWithMutex(
 }
 #endif
 static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
-  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
-  unsigned int iKey, 
+  sqlite3_pcache *p,
+  unsigned int iKey,
   int createFlag
 ){
 #if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
@@ -50749,18 +50837,18 @@ static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
 ** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
 */
 static void pcache1Unpin(
-  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
-  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, 
+  sqlite3_pcache *p,
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg,
   int reuseUnlikely
 ){
   PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
   PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
   PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
- 
+
   assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
   pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
 
-  /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already 
+  /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already
   ** part of the PGroup LRU list.
   */
   assert( pPage->pLruNext==0 );
@@ -50781,7 +50869,7 @@ static void pcache1Unpin(
 }
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. 
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method.
 */
 static void pcache1Rekey(
   sqlite3_pcache *p,
@@ -50792,7 +50880,7 @@ static void pcache1Rekey(
   PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
   PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
   PgHdr1 **pp;
-  unsigned int h; 
+  unsigned int h;
   assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
   assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
 
@@ -50817,7 +50905,7 @@ static void pcache1Rekey(
 }
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. 
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method.
 **
 ** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
 ** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
@@ -50834,7 +50922,7 @@ static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){
 }
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. 
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method.
 **
 ** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
 */
@@ -50900,7 +50988,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void){
 ** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
 **
 ** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
-** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number 
+** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number
 ** of bytes of memory released.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
@@ -50991,7 +51079,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(
 ** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
 **
 ** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory.  Memory is
-** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation.  There is an 
+** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation.  There is an
 ** upper bound on the size of allocated memory.  No memory is freed
 ** until DESTROY.
 **
@@ -51039,7 +51127,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(
 ** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused.  The
 ** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list.
 */
-struct RowSetEntry {            
+struct RowSetEntry {
   i64 v;                        /* ROWID value for this entry */
   struct RowSetEntry *pRight;   /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */
   struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;    /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */
@@ -51191,7 +51279,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
 /*
 ** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects.  Remove duplicates.
 **
-** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are 
+** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are
 ** assumed to each already be in sorted order.
 */
 static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge(
@@ -51228,7 +51316,7 @@ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge(
 /*
 ** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of
 ** increasing v.
-*/ 
+*/
 static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){
   unsigned int i;
   struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40];
@@ -51301,7 +51389,7 @@ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree(
   struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;     /* Left subtree */
   if( *ppList==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
     /* Prevent unnecessary deep recursion when we run out of entries */
-    return 0; 
+    return 0;
   }
   if( iDepth>1 ){   /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
     /* This branch causes a *balanced* tree to be generated.  A valid tree
@@ -51471,7 +51559,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64
 **
 *************************************************************************
 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
-** 
+**
 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
@@ -51494,8 +51582,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
 *************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging 
-** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to 
+** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging
+** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to
 ** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details.
 */
 
@@ -51534,8 +51622,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64
 
 #define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4
 
-/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. 
-** There is one object of this type for each pager. 
+/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file.
+** There is one object of this type for each pager.
 */
 typedef struct Wal Wal;
 
@@ -51546,7 +51634,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, sqlite3*, int sync_flags, int, u8
 /* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);
 
-/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot.  A 
+/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot.  A
 ** snapshot is like a read-transaction.  It is the state of the database
 ** at an instant in time.  sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
 ** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes
@@ -51581,7 +51669,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
 /* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);
 
-/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ 
+/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
   Wal *pWal,                      /* Write-ahead log connection */
   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Check this handle's interrupt flag */
@@ -51609,7 +51697,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op);
 
 /* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
 ** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
-** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. 
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal);
 
@@ -51656,60 +51744,60 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalDb(Wal *pWal, sqlite3 *db);
 **
 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
-** 
+**
 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
 **          synced.
-** 
+**
 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
-** 
+**
 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
-** 
+**
 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
 **     following are true:
-** 
+**
 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
-** 
+**
 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
 **         number consists of a single page change.
-** 
+**
 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
 **     transaction.
-** 
+**
 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
-** 
+**
 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
-** 
+**
 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
-** 
-** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
-**     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
-** 
+**
+** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
+**     are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted.
+**
 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
 ** of the database.
-** 
+**
 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
-**     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 
+**     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
-** 
+**
 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
 **     invoke it.)
-** 
+**
 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
@@ -51742,7 +51830,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 
 /*
 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
-** to print out file-descriptors. 
+** to print out file-descriptors.
 **
 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
@@ -51763,7 +51851,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **               |              |                |
 **               |              V                |
 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
-**               |              |                ^  
+**               |              |                ^
 **               |              V                |
 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
 **               |              |                |
@@ -51775,7 +51863,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **
 **
 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
-** 
+**
 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
 **
@@ -51787,7 +51875,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **
 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
-** 
+**
 **
 **  OPEN:
 **
@@ -51801,9 +51889,9 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **
 **  READER:
 **
-**    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 
+**    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
-**    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 
+**    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
 **
 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
@@ -51813,28 +51901,28 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
-** 
+**
 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
-**    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 
+**    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
 **      may not be trusted at this point.
 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
-**    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 
+**    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
 **
 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
 **
 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
-**    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 
-**    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 
+**    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
+**    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
 **
-**    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 
+**    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
-**    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 
-**    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 
-**    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 
+**    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
+**    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
+**    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
 **    file.
 **
 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
@@ -51842,7 +51930,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
 **
 **    * A write transaction is active.
-**    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 
+**    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
 **      lock is held on the database file.
 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
@@ -51861,7 +51949,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **
 **    * A write transaction is active.
 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
-**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
+**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
 **
@@ -51874,7 +51962,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **
 **    * A write transaction is active.
 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
-**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
+**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
 **      and synced to disk.
 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
 **      written to disk).
@@ -51886,8 +51974,8 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
-**    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 
-**    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 
+**    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
+**    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
 **
 **    * A write transaction is active.
@@ -51895,19 +51983,19 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
-**      to rollback the transaction. 
+**      to rollback the transaction.
 **
 **  ERROR:
 **
 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
-**    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 
-**    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 
+**    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
+**    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
 **
 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
 **    cannot.
 **
-**    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 
+**    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
@@ -51917,13 +52005,13 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **    instead of READER following such an error.
 **
 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
-**    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 
+**    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
-**    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 
+**    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
-**    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 
+**    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
 **    from the error.
 **
 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
@@ -51939,21 +52027,21 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **         memory.
 **
 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
-**    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 
+**    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
 **
 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
-**    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 
+**    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
 **    state.
 **
 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
-**    
+**
 **
 ** Notes:
 **
@@ -51963,7 +52051,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **
 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
-**     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 
+**     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
 **
 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
@@ -51977,7 +52065,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
 
 /*
-** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 
+** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
@@ -51992,20 +52080,20 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
 **
-** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 
+** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
 **
 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
-** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 
+** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
 ** of hot-journal detection.
 **
-** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 
-** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 
+** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
+** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
@@ -52016,18 +52104,18 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
-** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 
+** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
 **
-** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 
+** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
 */
 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
 
 /*
-** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 
+** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
@@ -52043,7 +52131,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
 **
 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
-** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 
+** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
@@ -52093,44 +52181,44 @@ struct PagerSavepoint {
 **
 ** changeCountDone
 **
-**   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 
-**   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 
-**   not updated more often than necessary. 
+**   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
+**   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
+**   not updated more often than necessary.
 **
-**   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 
+**   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
-**   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 
+**   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
 **
-**   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 
+**   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
 **   committed.
 **
-** setMaster
+** setSuper
 **
 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
-**   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 
+**   (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the
 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
 **
-**   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 
-**   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 
+**   Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects
+**   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
-**   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
+**   If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is
 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
-**   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 
-**   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 
+**   it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
+**   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
 **
-**   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
+**   Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized
 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
-**   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
+**   super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
 **
 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
-**   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
+**   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag
 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
 **
 ** doNotSpill
@@ -52146,12 +52234,12 @@ struct PagerSavepoint {
 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
 **   case is a user preference.
-** 
+**
 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
-**   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 
+**   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
 **
 ** subjInMemory
 **
@@ -52159,16 +52247,16 @@ struct PagerSavepoint {
 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
 **
-**   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 
+**   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
 **   write-transaction is opened.
 **
 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
 **
 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
-**   OPEN and ERROR). 
+**   OPEN and ERROR).
 **
-**   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 
+**   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
@@ -52179,10 +52267,10 @@ struct PagerSavepoint {
 **
 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
-**   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 
+**   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
 **   dbSize is updated.
 **
-**   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 
+**   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
@@ -52191,12 +52279,12 @@ struct PagerSavepoint {
 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
-**   to write or truncate the database file on disk. 
+**   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
 **
-**   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 
-**   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 
-**   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 
-**   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 
+**   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
+**   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
+**   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
+**   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
@@ -52207,20 +52295,20 @@ struct PagerSavepoint {
 ** dbHintSize
 **
 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
-**   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 
+**   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
 **
 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
-**   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 
+**   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
 **   details.
 **
 ** errCode
 **
 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
-**   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 
-**   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 
+**   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
+**   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
 **   sub-codes.
 **
 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
@@ -52262,7 +52350,7 @@ struct Pager {
   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
-  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
+  u8 setSuper;                /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */
   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
@@ -52321,7 +52409,7 @@ struct Pager {
 
 /*
 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
-** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 
+** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
 */
 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
@@ -52379,7 +52467,7 @@ static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
 
 /*
-** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 
+** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
 */
 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
@@ -52407,11 +52495,6 @@ static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
 #endif
 
 /*
-** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
-*/
-#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
-
-/*
 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
 **
@@ -52459,7 +52542,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
 #endif
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG 
+#ifndef NDEBUG
 /*
 ** Usage:
 **
@@ -52488,25 +52571,25 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
 
-  /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 
+  /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
   */
   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
 
-  /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 
-  ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 
-  ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 
-  ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 
-  ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 
-  ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 
+  /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
+  ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
+  ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
+  ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
+  ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
+  ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
   ** state.
   */
   if( MEMDB ){
     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
     assert( p->noSync );
-    assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-         || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+    assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+         || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
     );
     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
@@ -52540,7 +52623,7 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
-      assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+      assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
       break;
 
     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
@@ -52553,9 +52636,9 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
         ** to journal_mode=wal.
         */
         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
-        assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
-             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+        assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
         );
       }
       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
@@ -52567,9 +52650,9 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
-           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
       );
       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
@@ -52579,9 +52662,9 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
-      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
-           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
-           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
       );
       break;
@@ -52600,7 +52683,7 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
 }
 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 /*
 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
@@ -52748,7 +52831,7 @@ static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
 **
 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
-** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 
+** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
 */
 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
@@ -52772,11 +52855,11 @@ static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
 /*
 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
-** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 
+** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
 **
-** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 
-** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 
-** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 
+** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
+** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
 ** of this.
 */
 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
@@ -52803,7 +52886,7 @@ static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
 **      to the page size.
 **
-** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal 
+** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
 **
 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
@@ -52894,73 +52977,73 @@ static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
 
 /*
 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
-** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 
-** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 
-** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
-** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
+** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the
+** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
+** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format
+** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file.
 **
-** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
+** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by
 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
-** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
-** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
-** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
+** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal
+** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a
+** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name
 ** were present in the journal.
 **
-** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
-** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
-** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
-** journal file name.
+** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal
+** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A
+** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the
+** super-journal file name.
 **
-** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 
-** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present
+** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
 **
 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
 ** error code is returned.
 */
-static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
+static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zSuper, u32 nSuper){
   int rc;                    /* Return code */
-  u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
+  u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */
   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
-  zMaster[0] = '\0';
+  zSuper[0] = '\0';
 
   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
    || szJ<16
    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
-   || len>=nMaster 
+   || len>=nSuper
    || len>szJ-16
-   || len==0 
+   || len==0
    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zSuper, len, szJ-16-len))
   ){
     return rc;
   }
 
-  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
+  /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */
   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
-    cksum -= zMaster[u];
+    cksum -= zSuper[u];
   }
   if( cksum ){
     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
-    ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
+    ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means
     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
-    ** master-journal filename.
+    ** super-journal filename.
     */
     len = 0;
   }
-  zMaster[len] = '\0';
-  zMaster[len+1] = '\0';
-   
+  zSuper[len] = '\0';
+  zSuper[len+1] = '\0';
+
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 
-** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 
+** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
+** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
 **
 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
@@ -52971,7 +53054,7 @@ static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
 **   512                       512
 **   100                       512
 **   2000                      2048
-** 
+**
 */
 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
   i64 offset = 0;
@@ -52993,12 +53076,12 @@ static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
 **
 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
-** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 
-** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 
+** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
+** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
 ** after writing or truncating it.
 **
 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
-** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 
+** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
@@ -53024,8 +53107,8 @@ static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
     }
 
-    /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 
-    ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 
+    /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
+    ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
     ** to sync the file following this operation.
@@ -53053,7 +53136,7 @@ static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
-** 
+**
 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
 */
 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
@@ -53069,8 +53152,8 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
   }
 
-  /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 
-  ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 
+  /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
+  ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
   */
   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
@@ -53081,10 +53164,10 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
 
   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
 
-  /* 
+  /*
   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
-  ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 
+  ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
   **
@@ -53103,7 +53186,7 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
   */
   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
-   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 
+   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
   ){
     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
@@ -53111,7 +53194,7 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
   }
 
-  /* The random check-hash initializer */ 
+  /* The random check-hash initializer */
   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
   /* The initial database size */
@@ -53130,23 +53213,23 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
 
-  /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 
-  ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 
-  ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 
+  /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
+  ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
+  ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
   **
-  ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 
+  ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
-  ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 
+  ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
-  ** is done. 
+  ** is done.
   **
-  ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 
+  ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
-  */ 
+  */
   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
@@ -53244,29 +53327,29 @@ static int readJournalHdr(
 
     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
-    ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 
+    ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
     */
     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
-     || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 
+     || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
     ){
-      /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 
-      ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 
-      ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 
+      /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
+      ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
+      ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
       ** the journal file here.
       */
       return SQLITE_DONE;
     }
 
-    /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 
-    ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 
+    /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
+    ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
     */
     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
 
-    /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
+    /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
@@ -53281,50 +53364,50 @@ static int readJournalHdr(
 
 
 /*
-** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
-** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
+** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager
+** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last
 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
 ** anything is written. The format is:
 **
 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
-**   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
-**   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
-**   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
+**   + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8.
+**   + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
+**   + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum.
 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
 **
-** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
-** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
+** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in thesuper-journal
+** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
 **
-** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 
+** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
 ** this call is a no-op.
 */
-static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+static int writeSuperJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
   int rc;                          /* Return code */
-  int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
+  int nSuper;                      /* Length of string zSuper */
   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
-  u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
+  u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zSuper */
 
-  assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+  assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
 
-  if( !zMaster 
-   || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+  if( !zSuper
+   || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
   ){
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  pPager->setMaster = 1;
+  pPager->setSuper = 1;
   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
 
-  /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
-  for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
-    cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
+  /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */
+  for(nSuper=0; zSuper[nSuper]; nSuper++){
+    cksum += zSuper[nSuper];
   }
 
   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
-  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
+  ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
   ** the journal has already been synced.
   */
   if( pPager->fullSync ){
@@ -53332,30 +53415,30 @@ static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
   }
   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
 
-  /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
+  /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If
   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
   */
   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
-   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
-   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
-   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
+   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zSuper, nSuper, iHdrOff+4)))
+   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper, nSuper)))
+   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper+4, cksum)))
    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
-                                 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
+                                 iHdrOff+4+nSuper+8)))
   ){
     return rc;
   }
-  pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
+  pPager->journalOff += (nSuper+20);
 
-  /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 
-  ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
-  ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 
+  /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
+  ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name
+  ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
-  ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 
-  ** whether or not the journal is hot. 
+  ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine
+  ** whether or not the journal is hot.
   **
-  ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 
+  ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
   ** file to the required size.
-  */ 
+  */
   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
   ){
@@ -53400,7 +53483,7 @@ static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
 }
 
 /*
-** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 
+** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
 */
@@ -53429,8 +53512,8 @@ static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
 ** closed (if it is open).
 **
-** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 
-** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 
+** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
+** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
@@ -53438,9 +53521,9 @@ static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
 */
 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
 
-  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 
-       || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
   );
 
   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
@@ -53511,23 +53594,23 @@ static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
 
   pPager->journalOff = 0;
   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
-  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+  pPager->setSuper = 0;
 }
 
 /*
 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
-** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 
-** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 
-** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 
+** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
+** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
+** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
 **
 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
 **
-** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 
-** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 
+** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
+** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
@@ -53575,27 +53658,27 @@ static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 
-** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 
+** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
+** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
 ** database transaction.
-** 
+**
 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
 **
 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
 **
-** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 
-** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 
+** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
+** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
 **
 **   journalMode==MEMORY
-**     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 
+**     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
 **     in-memory journal.
 **
 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
@@ -53615,19 +53698,19 @@ static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
 **
 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
-** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 
+** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
 **
 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
-** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 
+** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
 ** returned.
 */
-static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
+static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasSuper, int bCommit){
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
 
@@ -53639,9 +53722,9 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
   **
-  **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 
+  **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
-  **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 
+  **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
   */
   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
@@ -53651,7 +53734,7 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
   }
 
   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
-  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
   );
   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
@@ -53679,7 +53762,7 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
     ){
-      rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
+      rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasSuper||pPager->tempFile);
       pPager->journalOff = 0;
     }else{
       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
@@ -53689,9 +53772,9 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
       */
       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
-      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
-           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
-           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
       );
       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
       if( bDelete ){
@@ -53724,8 +53807,8 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
   }
 
   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
-    /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 
-    ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 
+    /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
+    ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
     ** lock held on the database file.
     */
     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
@@ -53733,7 +53816,7 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
-    ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 
+    ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
     ** required size.  */
@@ -53746,31 +53829,31 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
   }
 
-  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 
+  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
   ){
     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   }
   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
-  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+  pPager->setSuper = 0;
 
   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
 }
 
 /*
-** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 
-** database file. 
+** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
+** database file.
 **
-** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 
+** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
-** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 
-** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 
-** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 
+** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
+** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
+** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
 ** will roll it back.
 **
 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
-** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 
+** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
 */
@@ -53791,10 +53874,10 @@ static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
 
 /*
 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
-** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 
+** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
 **
-** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 
+** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
@@ -53802,8 +53885,8 @@ static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
 ** incompatible journal file format.
 **
-** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 
-** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 
+** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
+** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
@@ -53824,7 +53907,7 @@ static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
 **
-** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 
+** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
 ** not.
 **
 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
@@ -53844,7 +53927,7 @@ static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
 ** two circumstances:
-** 
+**
 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
@@ -53879,7 +53962,7 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page(
   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
 
-  /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 
+  /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
@@ -53945,7 +54028,7 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page(
   ** assert()able.
   **
   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
-  ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 
+  ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
@@ -54009,18 +54092,18 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page(
   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
-    ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 
-    ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 
-    ** current. 
+    ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
+    ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
+    ** current.
     **
     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
-    ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 
+    ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
     **
     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
-    ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 
-    ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 
+    ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
+    ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
     */
     assert( isSavepnt );
@@ -54060,157 +54143,158 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page(
 }
 
 /*
-** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
-** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
-** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
+** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal
+** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back.
+** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file,
 ** and does so if it is.
 **
-** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 
+** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
 ** available for use within this function.
 **
-** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 
-** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 
-** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 
-** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
+** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names
+** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
+** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
+** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal
 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
 **
 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
 **
-** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 
+** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
 ** journals have been rolled back.
 **
-** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 
+** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into
 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
 ** each child journal, it checks if:
 **
 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
-**   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 
-**     file zMaster
+**   * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal
+**     file zSuper
 **
 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
-** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
+** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from
 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
 **
 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
-** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
 **
 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
-** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
-** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 
+** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be
+** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
 ** size.
 */
-static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+static int pager_delsuper(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
   int rc;                   /* Return code */
-  sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
+  sqlite3_file *pSuper;     /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */
   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
-  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
-  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
+  char *zSuperJournal = 0;  /* Contents of super-journal file */
+  i64 nSuperJournal;        /* Size of super-journal file */
   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
-  char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
-  int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
+  char *zSuperPtr;          /* Space to hold super-journal filename */
+  int nSuperPtr;            /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */
 
-  /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
-  ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
+  /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors.
+  ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading.
   */
-  pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
-  pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
-  if( !pMaster ){
+  pSuper = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
+  if( !pSuper ){
     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
+    pJournal = 0;
   }else{
-    const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
+    const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zSuper, pSuper, flags, 0);
+    pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pSuper) + pVfs->szOsFile);
   }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
 
-  /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
-  ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
-  ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
-  ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
+  /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from
+  ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal.   Also obtain
+  ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal
+  ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
   */
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-  nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-  zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 2);
-  if( !zMasterJournal ){
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper, &nSuperJournal);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
+  nSuperPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+  zSuperJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nSuperJournal + nSuperPtr + 2);
+  if( !zSuperJournal ){
     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
-    goto delmaster_out;
+    goto delsuper_out;
   }
-  zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+2];
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-  zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
-  zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1] = 0;
+  zSuperPtr = &zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+2];
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pSuper, zSuperJournal, (int)nSuperJournal, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
+  zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal] = 0;
+  zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+1] = 0;
 
-  zJournal = zMasterJournal;
-  while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
+  zJournal = zSuperJournal;
+  while( (zJournal-zSuperJournal)<nSuperJournal ){
     int exists;
     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto delmaster_out;
+      goto delsuper_out;
     }
     if( exists ){
-      /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
-      ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
-      ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
-      ** NB:  zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL.  But call it a 
-      ** MASTER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal
+      /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists.
+      ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If
+      ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file.
+      ** NB:  zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL.  But call it a
+      ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal
       ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object().
       */
       int c;
-      int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
+      int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto delmaster_out;
+        goto delsuper_out;
       }
 
-      rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
+      rc = readSuperJournal(pJournal, zSuperPtr, nSuperPtr);
       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto delmaster_out;
+        goto delsuper_out;
       }
 
-      c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
+      c = zSuperPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr, zSuper)==0;
       if( c ){
-        /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
-        goto delmaster_out;
+        /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */
+        goto delsuper_out;
       }
     }
     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
   }
- 
-  sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
-  rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
 
-delmaster_out:
-  sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
-  if( pMaster ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
+  sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
+  rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0);
+
+delsuper_out:
+  sqlite3_free(zSuperJournal);
+  if( pSuper ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
-    sqlite3_free(pMaster);
+    sqlite3_free(pSuper);
   }
   return rc;
 }
 
 
 /*
-** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 
+** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
 **
 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
-** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 
-** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 
+** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
+** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
 **
-** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 
-** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 
-** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 
-** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 
+** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
+** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
+** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
+** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
 ** the end of the new file instead.
 **
 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
@@ -54220,9 +54304,9 @@ static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
-  
-  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 
-   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 
+
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
+   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
   ){
     i64 currentSize, newSize;
     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
@@ -54266,9 +54350,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
 /*
 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
-** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 
-** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 
-** master journal pointers within created journal files.
+** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
+** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
+** super-journal pointers within created journal files.
 **
 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
 **
@@ -54290,7 +54374,7 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
 
   if( pPager->tempFile
-   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 
+   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
   ){
     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
@@ -54304,15 +54388,15 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
 
 /*
 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
-** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
+** the state it was in before we started making changes.
 **
-** The journal file format is as follows: 
+** The journal file format is as follows:
 **
 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
 **       number of page records from the journal size.
-**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
+**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
 **       sanity checksum.
 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
 **       database to during a rollback.
@@ -54341,7 +54425,7 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
-** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
+** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
 **
 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
@@ -54353,7 +54437,7 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
 ** and an error code is returned.
 **
 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
-** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is 
+** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
@@ -54367,7 +54451,7 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
-  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
+  char *zSuper = 0;        /* Name of super-journal file if any */
   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
@@ -54381,8 +54465,8 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
     goto end_playback;
   }
 
-  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
-  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
+  /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present.
+  ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not
   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
   ** played back.
   **
@@ -54392,21 +54476,21 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
   ** for pageSize.
   */
-  zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-  rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+  zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+  rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
   }
-  zMaster = 0;
+  zSuper = 0;
   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
     goto end_playback;
   }
   pPager->journalOff = 0;
   needPagerReset = isHot;
 
-  /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 
-  ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 
-  ** occurs. 
+  /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
+  ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
+  ** occurs.
   */
   while( 1 ){
     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
@@ -54415,7 +54499,7 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
     */
     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
         rc = SQLITE_OK;
       }
@@ -54443,7 +54527,7 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
-    ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 
+    ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
     */
     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
@@ -54462,7 +54546,7 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
     }
 
-    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 
+    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
     ** database file and/or page cache.
     */
     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
@@ -54512,10 +54596,10 @@ end_playback:
   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
 #endif
 
-  /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 
-  ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 
-  ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 
-  ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 
+  /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
+  ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
+  ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
+  ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
@@ -54524,8 +54608,8 @@ end_playback:
   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
 
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-    rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+    zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+    rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   }
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
@@ -54534,14 +54618,14 @@ end_playback:
     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
   }
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
+    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zSuper[0]!='\0', 0);
     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
-    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
-    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] && res ){
+    /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success,
+    ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal.
     */
-    rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
+    rc = pager_delsuper(pPager, zSuper);
     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   }
   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
@@ -54560,7 +54644,7 @@ end_playback:
 
 /*
 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
-** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into 
+** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
 ** file before this function is called.
 **
@@ -54649,15 +54733,15 @@ static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
 
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
 /*
-** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 
+** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
-** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 
+** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
 **
 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
-** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 
+** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
 */
 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
@@ -54683,7 +54767,7 @@ static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
-  ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 
+  ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
   ** the backups must be restarted.
   */
@@ -54700,7 +54784,7 @@ static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
 
   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
-  ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 
+  ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
   ** following:
   **
   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
@@ -54722,11 +54806,11 @@ static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
-** changed. 
+** changed.
 **
 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
-*/ 
+*/
 static int pagerWalFrames(
   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
@@ -54767,7 +54851,7 @@ static int pagerWalFrames(
   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
 
   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
-  rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 
+  rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
   );
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
@@ -54882,9 +54966,9 @@ static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
 **
 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
-** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 
-** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 
-** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 
+** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
+** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
+** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
 ** other connection.
 */
 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
@@ -54920,21 +55004,21 @@ static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
 
 /*
 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
-** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 
-** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 
+** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
+** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
 ** savepoint.
 **
-** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 
+** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
 ** performed in the order specified:
 **
 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
-**     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 
+**     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
 **
 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
-**     back starting from the journal header immediately following 
+**     back starting from the journal header immediately following
 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
 **
 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
@@ -54950,7 +55034,7 @@ static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
 **
 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
-** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 
+** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
 */
@@ -54971,7 +55055,7 @@ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
     }
   }
 
-  /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 
+  /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
   ** being reverted was opened.
   */
   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
@@ -55024,7 +55108,7 @@ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
     */
-    if( nJRec==0 
+    if( nJRec==0
      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
     ){
       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
@@ -55200,7 +55284,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
 /*
 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
-** testing and analysis only.  
+** testing and analysis only.
 */
 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
@@ -55209,8 +55293,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
 /*
 ** Open a temporary file.
 **
-** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 
-** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 
+** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
 **
 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
@@ -55242,9 +55326,9 @@ static int pagerOpentemp(
 /*
 ** Set the busy handler function.
 **
-** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 
+** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
-** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 
+** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
@@ -55256,7 +55340,7 @@ static int pagerOpentemp(
 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
 **
-** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 
+** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
 */
@@ -55275,16 +55359,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
 }
 
 /*
-** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 
+** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
 **
 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
-** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 
+** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
 **
 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
 **
-**   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 
+**   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
 **
 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
@@ -55294,14 +55378,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
 **
 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
 **
-** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 
-** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 
-** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 
+** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
+** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
 **
 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
-** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 
+** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
@@ -55311,7 +55395,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nR
   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
   **
-  ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 
+  ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
@@ -55320,8 +55404,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nR
   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
-   && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 
-   && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 
+   && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
+   && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
   ){
     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
     i64 nByte = 0;
@@ -55377,13 +55461,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
 }
 
 /*
-** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 
+** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
 **
 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, Pgno mxPage){
   if( mxPage>0 ){
     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
   }
@@ -55421,11 +55505,11 @@ void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
 
 /*
 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
-** that pDest points to. 
+** that pDest points to.
 **
 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
-** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 
+** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
 **
@@ -55458,7 +55542,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned cha
 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
 **
-** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 
+** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
@@ -55473,19 +55557,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
 **
-** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 
-** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 
-** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 
+** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
+** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
+** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
 **
 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
-** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 
+** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
 ** variable to locktype before returning.
 */
 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
   int rc;                              /* Return code */
 
-  /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 
+  /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
@@ -55502,10 +55586,10 @@ static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
 }
 
 /*
-** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 
+** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
 **
-**   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 
+**   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
 **      current database image, in pages, OR
 **
 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
@@ -55518,9 +55602,9 @@ static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
-** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 
+** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
-** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 
+** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
 */
 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
@@ -55536,9 +55620,9 @@ static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
 #endif
 
 /*
-** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 
-** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 
-** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 
+** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
+** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
+** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
 **
 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
@@ -55553,11 +55637,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
 
   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
-  ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 
+  ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
-  ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 
-  ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 
+  ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
+  ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
   ** is no longer correct. */
 }
@@ -55569,12 +55653,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
 **
-** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 
+** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
 ** content as this process.
 **
-** If eve